Mcmurry15253 0495015253 01.01_toc
-
Upload
mae-espiritu -
Category
Engineering
-
view
127 -
download
2
Transcript of Mcmurry15253 0495015253 01.01_toc
Licensed to:
Structures of Common CoenzymesThe reactive parts of the molecules are darkened, while nonreactive parts are ghosted.
+
CONH2
N
H3C
H3C
N N
NN
O
O–
P–O O
O
O–
P O OCH2
O
O–
P
O
OH
Flavin adenine dinucleotide—FAD (oxidation/reduction)
Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide—NAD+ (oxidation/reduction)
Coenzyme A (acyl transfer)
Adenosine triphosphate—ATP (phosphorylation)
OH
HO CHCHCHCH2OPOPOCH2
O
O–
OOH
O–CH2
HSCH2CH2NHCCH2CH2NHCCHCCH2OPOPOCH2
O
O–
O
O–HO CH3
CH3OO
HO
O
OH OH (OPO32–)
(NADP+)
CH2OPOPOCH2
O
O–
O
O–
O
O
H
2–O3PO
O
OH
OOH HO
O
OH OH
NH2
N N
NN
NH2
N N
NN
NH2
N N
NN
NH2
N N
NN
01525_30_EP2-EP3 2/2/06 1:44 PM Page EP2
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
S-Adenosylmethionine (methyl transfer)
Lipoic acid (acyl transfer)
Thiamin diphosphate
(decarboxylation)
Pyridoxal phosphate
(amino acid metabolism)
Tetrahydrofolate (transfer of C1 units)
CH2–OCCHCH2CH2
CH2CH2CH2CH2CO2–
S+
+NH3
O CH3
O
OHOH
H2N N
N
N
N
H
N
H
H
O
O
HH
NHCHCH2CH2C O–
1–5
OCO2–
S S CH2OPO32–
CH3
CHO
OHN
H+
H
CH3–OPOPOCH2CH2
N+
S
NH2
CH3
N
N
O
O–
O
O–
Biotin (carboxylation)
NN HH
O
S
HH
H
CH2CH2CH2CH2CO2–
NH2
N N
NN
01525_30_EP2-EP3 2/2/06 1:44 PM Page EP3
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
All royalties from Organic Chemistry: A Biological Approach will be donated to the Cystic Fibrosis (CF) Foundation. Thisbook and donation are dedicated to the author’s eldest son and to the thousands of others who daily fight this disease.To learn more about CF and the programs and services provided by the CF Foundation, please visit http://www.cff.org/.
Dear Colleague:
All of us who teach organic chemistry know that most of the students in our courses, even
the chemistry majors, are interested primarily in the life sciences rather than in pure
chemistry. Because we are teaching so many future biologists, biochemists, and doctors
rather than younger versions of ourselves, more and more of us are questioning why we
continue to teach the way we do. Why do we spend so much time discussing the details of
reactions that are of interest to research chemists but have little connection to biology? Why
don’t we instead spend more time discussing the organic chemistry of living organisms?
There is still much to be said for teaching organic chemistry in the traditional way, but it is
also true that until now there has been no real alternative for those instructors who want to
teach somewhat differently. And that is why I wrote Organic Chemistry: A Biological
Approach. As chemical biology continues to gain in prominence, I suspect that more and
more faculty will be changing their teaching accordingly.
Make no mistake: this is still a textbook on organic chemistry. But my guiding principle in
deciding what to include and what to leave out has been to focus almost exclusively on
those reactions that have a direct counterpart in biological chemistry. The space saved by
leaving out nonbiological reactions has been put to good use, for almost every reaction
discussed is followed by a biological example and approximately 25% of the book is devoted
entirely to biomolecules and the organic chemistry of their biotransformations. In addition,
Organic Chemistry: A Biological Approach is nearly 200 pages shorter than standard texts,
making it possible for faculty to cover the entire book in a typical two-semester course.
Organic Chemistry: A Biological Approach is different from any other text; I believe that it
is ideal for today’s students.Sincerely,
John McMurry
01525_30_EP4 2/2/06 5:28 PM Page EP4
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
www.thomsonedu.com
www.thomsonedu.com is the World Wide Web sitefor Thomson Brooks/Cole and is your direct sourceto dozens of online resources.
At www.thomsonedu.com you can find out aboutsupplements, demonstration software, and studentresources. You can also send e-mail to many of our authors and preview new publications andexciting new technologies.
www.thomsonedu.comChanging the way the world learns®
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:28 PM Page i
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:28 PM Page ii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
Australia • Brazil • Canada • Mexico • Singapore • SpainUnited Kingdom • United States
Organic ChemistryA B I O L O G I C A L A P P R O A C H
J O H N M C M U R R YCornell University
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page iii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
© 2007 Thomson Brooks/Cole, a part of The Thomson Corporation.Thomson, the Star logo, and Brooks/Cole are trademarks usedherein under license.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by thecopyright hereon may be reproduced or used in any form or by anymeans—graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopy-ing, recording, taping, Web distribution, information storage andretrieval systems, or in any other manner—without the writtenpermission of the publisher.
We gratefully acknowledge SDBS for providing data for Figures onpages 427, 432, 435, 437, 448, 449, 451, 452, 529, 546, 584, 617,630, 679, and 762. (http://www.aist.go.jp/RIODB/SDBS/, NationalInstitute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology,8/26/05).
Printed in the United States of America1 2 3 4 5 6 7 00 09 08 07 06
Library of Congress Control Number: 2006920388
Student Edition: ISBN 0-495-01525-3
Thomson Higher Education10 Davis DriveBelmont, CA 94002-3098USA
For more information about our products, contact us at:Thomson Learning Academic Resource Center1-800-423-0563
For permission to use material from this text or product, submita request online at http://www.thomsonrights.com.Any additional questions about permissions can be submittedby e-mail to [email protected].
Publisher, Physical Sciences: David Harris
Senior Development Editor: Sandra Kiselica
Assistant Editor: Ellen Bitter
Editorial Assistant: Lauren Oliviera
Technology Project Manager: Donna Kelley
Executive Marketing Manager: Julie Conover
Marketing Assistant: Michele Colella
Marketing Communications Manager: Bryan Vann
Project Manager, Editorial Production: Lisa Weber
Creative Director: Rob Hugel
Art Director: Lee Friedman
Print Buyer: Barbara Britton
Permissions Editor: Joohee Lee
Production Service: Graphic World Inc.
Text Designer: Jeanne Calabrese
Photo Researcher: Dena Digilio Betz
Copy Editor: Graphic World Inc.
Illustrators: 2064design and Graphic World Inc.
Cover Designer: Lee Friedman
Cover Image: Radiograph by Albert Koetsier,
www.beyondlight.com
Cover Printer: Phoenix Color Corp
Compositor: Graphic World Inc.
Printer: Quebecor World/Versailles
Organic Chemistry: A Biological ApproachJohn McMurry
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page iv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
vv
1 Structure and Bonding 1
2 Polar Covalent Bonds; Acids and Bases 35
3 Organic Compounds: Alkanes and Their Stereochemistry 75
4 Organic Compounds: Cycloalkanes and Their Stereochemistry 111
5 An Overview of Organic Reactions 141
6 Alkenes and Alkynes 179
7 Reactions of Alkenes and Alkynes 221
8 Aromatic Compounds 267
9 Stereochemistry 319
10 Alkyl Halides: Nucleophilic Substitutions and Eliminations 363
11 Structure Determination:
Mass Spectrometry, Infrared Spectroscopy, and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy 415
12 Structure Determination: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 455
13 Alcohols, Phenols, and Thiols; Ethers and Sulfides 497
A Preview of Carbonyl Chemistry 547
14 Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition Reactions 557
15 Carboxylic Acids and Nitriles 601
16 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives: Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Reactions 633
17 Carbonyl Alpha-Substitution and Condensation Reactions 681
18 Amines and Heterocycles 735
19 Biomolecules: Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 777
20 Amino Acid Metabolism 817
21 Biomolecules: Carbohydrates 851
22 Carbohydrate Metabolism 891
23 Biomolecules: Lipids and Their Metabolism 927
24 Biomolecules: Nucleic Acids and Their Metabolism 979
25 Secondary Metabolites: An Introduction to Natural Products Chemistry*
*Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file at http://www.thomsonedu.com
Key to Sequence of Topics (chapter numbers are color coded as follows):• Traditional foundations of organic chemistry• Organic reactions and their biological counterparts• The organic chemistry of biological molecules and pathways
Brief Contents
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page v
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
vi
Contents
1 Structure and Bonding 1
1.1 Atomic Structure: The Nucleus 3
1.2 Atomic Structure: Orbitals 4
1.3 Atomic Structure: Electron Configurations 5
1.4 Development of Chemical Bonding Theory 6
1.5 The Nature of Chemical Bonds: Valence Bond Theory 10
1.6 sp3 Hybrid Orbitals and the Structure of Methane 11
1.7 sp3 Hybrid Orbitals and the Structure of Ethane 13
1.8 sp2 Hybrid Orbitals and the Structure of Ethylene 14
1.9 sp Hybrid Orbitals and the Structure of Acetylene 17
1.10 Hybridization of Nitrogen, Oxygen, Phosphorus, and Sulfur 19
1.11 The Nature of Chemical Bonds: Molecular Orbital Theory 21
1.12 Drawing Chemical Structures 22
Lagniappe: Chemicals, Toxicity, and Risk 26
Summary 26
Exercises 28
2 Polar Covalent Bonds; Acids and Bases 35
2.1 Polar Covalent Bonds: Electronegativity 35
2.2 Polar Covalent Bonds: Dipole Moments 38
2.3 Formal Charges 40
2.4 Resonance 43
2.5 Rules for Resonance Forms 45
2.6 Drawing Resonance Forms 47
2.7 Acids and Bases: The Brønsted–Lowry Definition 50
2.8 Acid and Base Strength 51
2.9 Predicting Acid–Base Reactions from pKa Values 53
2.10 Organic Acids and Organic Bases 55
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page vi
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
C O N T E N T S vii
2.11 Acids and Bases: The Lewis Definition 58
2.12 Noncovalent Interactions between Molecules 62
Lagniappe: Alkaloids: Naturally Occurring Bases 65
Summary 66
Exercises 67
3 Organic Compounds: Alkanes and Their Stereochemistry 75
3.1 Functional Groups 75
3.2 Alkanes and Alkane Isomers 82
3.3 Alkyl Groups 86
3.4 Naming Alkanes 89
3.5 Properties of Alkanes 95
3.6 Conformations of Ethane 96
3.7 Conformations of Other Alkanes 98
Lagniappe: Gasoline 103
Summary 104
Exercises 104
4 Organic Compounds: Cycloalkanes and Their Stereochemistry 111
4.1 Naming Cycloalkanes 112
4.2 Cis–Trans Isomerism in Cycloalkanes 115
4.3 Stability of Cycloalkanes: Ring Strain 118
4.4 Conformations of Cycloalkanes 119
4.5 Conformations of Cyclohexane 121
4.6 Axial and Equatorial Bonds in Cyclohexane 123
4.7 Conformations of Monosubstituted Cyclohexanes 126
4.8 Conformations of Disubstituted Cyclohexanes 128
4.9 Conformations of Polycyclic Molecules 131
Lagniappe: Molecular Mechanics 133
Summary 133
Exercises 134
5 An Overview of Organic Reactions 141
5.1 Kinds of Organic Reactions 141
5.2 How Organic Reactions Occur: Mechanisms 143
5.3 Radical Reactions 144
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page vii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
viii C O N T E N T S
5.4 Polar Reactions 147
5.5 An Example of a Polar Reaction: Addition of H2O to Ethylene 151
5.6 Using Curved Arrows in Polar Reaction Mechanisms 154
5.7 Describing a Reaction: Equilibria, Rates, and Energy Changes 157
5.8 Describing a Reaction: Bond Dissociation Energies 161
5.9 Describing a Reaction: Energy Diagrams and Transition States 163
5.10 Describing a Reaction: Intermediates 166
5.11 A Comparison between Biological Reactions and Laboratory Reactions 168
Lagniappe: Where Do Drugs Come From? 171
Summary 172
Exercises 173
6 Alkenes and Alkynes 179
6.1 Calculating a Degree of Unsaturation 180
6.2 Naming Alkenes and Alkynes 182
6.3 Cis–Trans Isomerism in Alkenes 185
6.4 Sequence Rules: The E,Z Designation 187
6.5 Stability of Alkenes 192
6.6 Electrophilic Addition Reactions of Alkenes 195
6.7 Orientation of Electrophilic Addition: Markovnikov’s Rule 198
6.8 Carbocation Structure and Stability 201
6.9 The Hammond Postulate 204
6.10 Carbocation Rearrangements 206
Lagniappe: Terpenes: Naturally Occurring Alkenes 209
Summary 210
Exercises 211
7 Reactions of Alkenes and Alkynes 221
7.1 Preparation of Alkenes: A Preview of Elimination Reactions 222
7.2 Halogenation of Alkenes 224
7.3 Halohydrins from Alkenes 226
7.4 Hydration of Alkenes 227
7.5 Reduction of Alkenes 232
7.6 Oxidation of Alkenes: Epoxidation 235
7.7 Oxidation of Alkenes: Hydroxylation 236
7.8 Radical Additions to Alkenes: Alkene Polymers 239
7.9 Biological Additions of Radicals to Alkenes 243
7.10 Conjugated Dienes 244
7.11 Reactions of Conjugated Dienes 248
7.12 Reactions of Alkynes 251
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page viii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
C O N T E N T S ix
Lagniappe: Natural Rubber 253
Summary 254
Summary of Reactions 255
Exercises 258
8 Aromatic Compounds 267
8.1 Naming Aromatic Compounds 268
8.2 Structure and Stability of Benzene 270
8.3 Aromaticity and the Hückel 4n � 2 Rule 273
8.4 Aromatic Heterocycles 275
8.5 Polycyclic Aromatic Compounds 278
8.6 Reactions of Aromatic Compounds: Electrophilic Substitution 281
8.7 Alkylation and Acylation of Aromatic Rings 288
8.8 Substituent Effects in Electrophilic Substitutions 292
8.9 Oxidation and Reduction of Aromatic Compounds 298
8.10 An Introduction to Organic Synthesis: Polysubstituted Benzenes 300
Lagniappe: Combinatorial Chemistry 306
Summary 307
Summary of Reactions 308
Exercises 310
9 Stereochemistry 319
9.1 Enantiomers and the Tetrahedral Carbon 320
9.2 The Reason for Handedness in Molecules: Chirality 321
9.3 Optical Activity 325
9.4 Pasteur’s Discovery of Enantiomers 327
9.5 Sequence Rules for Specifying Configuration 328
9.6 Diastereomers 333
9.7 Meso Compounds 335
9.8 Racemates and the Resolution of Enantiomers 338
9.9 A Brief Review of Isomerism 340
9.10 Stereochemistry of Reactions: Addition of H2O to an Achiral Alkene 342
9.11 Stereochemistry of Reactions: Addition of H2O to a Chiral Alkene 343
9.12 Chirality at Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Sulfur 345
9.13 Prochirality 346
9.14 Chirality in Nature 349
Lagniappe: Chiral Drugs 351
Summary 352
Exercises 353
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page ix
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
x C O N T E N T S
10 Alkyl Halides: Nucleophilic Substitutions and Eliminations 363
10.1 Naming Alkyl Halides 364
10.2 Preparing Alkyl Halides 365
10.3 Reactions of Alkyl Halides: Grignard Reagents 367
10.4 Discovery of the Nucleophilic Substitution Reaction 368
10.5 The SN2 Reaction 371
10.6 Characteristics of the SN2 Reaction 374
10.7 The SN1 Reaction 381
10.8 Characteristics of the SN1 Reaction 385
10.9 Biological Substitution Reactions 390
10.10 Elimination Reactions: Zaitsev’s Rule 392
10.11 The E2 Reaction 394
10.12 The E1 and E1cB Reactions 398
10.13 Biological Elimination Reactions 400
10.14 A Summary of Reactivity: SN1, SN2, E1, E1cB, and E2 401
Lagniappe: Naturally Occurring Organohalides 402
Summary 403
Summary of Reactions 404
Exercises 406
11Structure Determination: Mass Spectrometry, Infrared Spectroscopy, and Ultraviolet Spectroscopy 415
11.1 Mass Spectrometry of Small Molecules: Magnetic-Sector Instruments 415
11.2 Interpreting Mass Spectra 417
11.3 Mass Spectrometry of Some Common Functional Groups 422
11.4 Mass Spectrometry in Biological Chemistry: Time-of-Flight (TOF) Instruments 424
11.5 Spectroscopy and the Electromagnetic Spectrum 425
11.6 Infrared Spectroscopy 428
11.7 Interpreting Infrared Spectra 430
11.8 Infrared Spectra of Some Common Functional Groups 433
11.9 Ultraviolet Spectroscopy 438
11.10 Interpreting Ultraviolet Spectra: The Effect of Conjugation 441
11.11 Conjugation, Color, and the Chemistry of Vision 442
Lagniappe: Chromatography: Purifying Organic Compounds 444
Summary 445
Exercises 446
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page x
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
C O N T E N T S xi
12 Structure Determination: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 455
12.1 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy 455
12.2 The Nature of NMR Absorptions 457
12.3 Chemical Shifts 460
12.4 13C NMR Spectroscopy: Signal Averaging and FT-NMR 462
12.5 Characteristics of 13C NMR Spectroscopy 464
12.6 DEPT 13C NMR Spectroscopy 467
12.7 Uses of 13C NMR Spectroscopy 469
12.8 1H NMR Spectroscopy and Proton Equivalence 470
12.9 Chemical Shifts in 1H NMR Spectroscopy 473
12.10 Integration of 1H NMR Absorptions: Proton Counting 475
12.11 Spin–Spin Splitting in 1H NMR Spectra 476
12.12 More Complex Spin–Spin Splitting Patterns 482
12.13 Uses of 1H NMR Spectroscopy 484
Lagniappe: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) 485
Summary 485
Exercises 486
13 Alcohols, Phenols, and Thiols; Ethers and Sulfides 497
13.1 Naming Alcohols, Phenols, and Thiols 499
13.2 Properties of Alcohols, Phenols, and Thiols 501
13.3 Preparation of Alcohols from Carbonyl Compounds 504
13.4 Reactions of Alcohols 512
13.5 Oxidation of Alcohols and Phenols 516
13.6 Preparation and Reactions of Thiols 520
13.7 Ethers and Sulfides 522
13.8 Preparation of Ethers 523
13.9 Reactions of Ethers 525
13.10 Preparation and Reactions of Sulfides 527
13.11 Spectroscopy of Alcohols, Phenols, and Ethers 529
Lagniappe: Ethanol: Chemical, Drug, and Poison 532
Summary 532
Summary of Reactions 533
Exercises 536
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xi
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xii C O N T E N T S
A Preview of Carbonyl Chemistry 547
I. Kinds of Carbonyl Compounds 547
II. Nature of the Carbonyl Group 549
III. General Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds 550
IV. Summary 555
14 Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition Reactions 557
14.1 Naming Aldehydes and Ketones 558
14.2 Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones 560
14.3 Oxidation of Aldehydes 561
14.4 Nucleophilic Addition Reactions of Aldehydes and Ketones 562
14.5 Nucleophilic Addition of H2O: Hydration 564
14.6 Nucleophilic Addition of Grignard and Hydride Reagents: Alcohol Formation 567
14.7 Nucleophilic Addition of Amines: Imine and Enamine Formation 568
14.8 Nucleophilic Addition of Alcohols: Acetal Formation 572
14.9 Nucleophilic Addition of Phosphorus Ylides: The Wittig Reaction 575
14.10 Biological Reductions 579
14.11 Conjugate Nucleophilic Addition to �,�-Unsaturated Aldehydes and Ketones 580
14.12 Spectroscopy of Aldehydes and Ketones 583
Lagniappe: Enantioselective Synthesis 587
Summary 588
Summary of Reactions 588
Exercises 590
15 Carboxylic Acids and Nitriles 601
15.1 Naming Carboxylic Acids and Nitriles 602
15.2 Structure and Properties of Carboxylic Acids 605
15.3 Biological Acids and the Henderson–Hasselbalch Equation 608
15.4 Substituent Effects on Acidity 609
15.5 Preparation of Carboxylic Acids 611
15.6 Reactions of Carboxylic Acids: An Overview 613
15.7 Chemistry of Nitriles 614
15.8 Spectroscopy of Carboxylic Acids and Nitriles 617
Lagniappe: Vitamin C 618
Summary 620
Summary of Reactions 620
Exercises 622
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
C O N T E N T S xiii
16 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives: Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Reactions 633
16.1 Naming Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 634
16.2 Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Reactions 637
16.3 Nucleophilic Acyl Substitution Reactions of Carboxylic Acids 642
16.4 Chemistry of Acid Halides 648
16.5 Chemistry of Acid Anhydrides 652
16.6 Chemistry of Esters 653
16.7 Chemistry of Amides 659
16.8 Chemistry of Thioesters and Acyl Phosphates: Biological Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 661
16.9 Polyamides and Polyesters: Step-Growth Polymers 663
16.10 Spectroscopy of Carboxylic Acid Derivatives 666
Lagniappe: �-Lactam Antibiotics 668
Summary 669
Summary of Reactions 670
Exercises 672
17 Carbonyl Alpha-Substitution and Condensation Reactions 681
17.1 Keto–Enol Tautomerism 682
17.2 Reactivity of Enols: �-Substitution Reactions 685
17.3 Acidity of � Hydrogen Atoms: Enolate Ion Formation 688
17.4 Alkylation of Enolate Ions 691
17.5 Carbonyl Condensations: The Aldol Reaction 701
17.6 Dehydration of Aldol Products 705
17.7 Intramolecular Aldol Reactions 707
17.8 The Claisen Condensation Reaction 708
17.9 Intramolecular Claisen Condensations 711
17.10 Conjugate Carbonyl Additions: The Michael Reaction 713
17.11 Carbonyl Condensations with Enamines: The Stork Reaction 716
17.12 Some Biological Carbonyl Condensation Reactions 718
Lagniappe: X-Ray Crystallography 720
Summary 721
Summary of Reactions 722
Exercises 724
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xiii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xiv C O N T E N T S
18 Amines and Heterocycles 735
18.1 Naming Amines 736
18.2 Properties of Amines 739
18.3 Basicity of Amines 740
18.4 Basicity of Arylamines 743
18.5 Biological Amines and the Henderson–Hasselbalch Equation 745
18.6 Synthesis of Amines 746
18.7 Reactions of Amines 751
18.8 Heterocyclic Amines 755
18.9 Fused-Ring Heterocycles 759
18.10 Spectroscopy of Amines 762
Lagniappe: Green Chemistry 764
Summary 765
Summary of Reactions 766
Exercises 768
19 Biomolecules: Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins 777
19.1 Structures of Amino Acids 778
19.2 Isoelectric Points 783
19.3 Synthesis of Amino Acids 784
19.4 Peptides and Proteins 787
19.5 Amino Acid Analysis of Peptides 789
19.6 Peptide Sequencing: The Edman Degradation 790
19.7 Peptide Synthesis 792
19.8 Protein Structure 797
19.9 Enzymes and Coenzymes 800
19.10 How Do Enzymes Work? Citrate Synthase 804
Lagniappe: The Protein Data Bank 807
Summary 808
Summary of Reactions 809
Exercises 810
20 Amino Acid Metabolism 817
20.1 An Overview of Metabolism and Biochemical Energy 818
20.2 Catabolism of Amino Acids: Deamination 822
20.3 The Urea Cycle 827
20.4 Catabolism of Amino Acids: The Carbon Chains 831
20.5 Biosynthesis of Amino Acids 838
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xiv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
C O N T E N T S xv
Lagniappe: Visualizing Enzyme Structures 844
Summary 845
Exercises 846
21 Biomolecules: Carbohydrates 851
21.1 Classification of Carbohydrates 852
21.2 Depicting Carbohydrate Stereochemistry: Fischer Projections 853
21.3 D,L Sugars 858
21.4 Configurations of the Aldoses 859
21.5 Cyclic Structures of Monosaccharides: Anomers 862
21.6 Reactions of Monosaccharides 866
21.7 The Eight Essential Monosaccharides 872
21.8 Disaccharides 873
21.9 Polysaccharides and Their Synthesis 876
21.10 Cell-Surface Carbohydrates and Carbohydrate Vaccines 879
Lagniappe: Sweetness 880
Summary 881
Exercises 882
22 Carbohydrate Metabolism 891
22.1 Hydrolysis of Complex Carbohydrates 892
22.2 Catabolism of Glucose: Glycolysis 893
22.3 Conversion of Pyruvate to Acetyl CoA 901
22.4 The Citric Acid Cycle 905
22.5 Biosynthesis of Glucose: Gluconeogenesis 912
Lagniappe: Avian Flu 920
Summary 921
Exercises 921
23 Biomolecules: Lipids and Their Metabolism 927
23.1 Waxes, Fats, and Oils 928
23.2 Soap 931
23.3 Phospholipids 933
23.4 Catabolism of Triacylglycerols: The Fate of Glycerol 934
23.5 Catabolism of Triacylglycerols: �-Oxidation 937
23.6 Biosynthesis of Fatty Acids 943
23.7 Prostaglandins and Other Eicosanoids 948
23.8 Terpenoids 950
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xvi C O N T E N T S
23.9 Steroids 959
23.10 Biosynthesis of Steroids 964
Lagniappe: Saturated Fats, Cholesterol, and Heart Disease 970
Summary 971
Exercises 971
24 Biomolecules: Nucleic Acids and Their Metabolism 979
24.1 Nucleotides and Nucleic Acids 979
24.2 Base Pairing in DNA: The Watson–Crick Model 982
24.3 Replication of DNA 985
24.4 Transcription of DNA 986
24.5 Translation of RNA: Protein Biosynthesis 987
24.6 DNA Sequencing 990
24.7 DNA Synthesis 992
24.8 The Polymerase Chain Reaction 995
24.9 Catabolism of Nucleotides 997
24.10 Biosynthesis of Nucleotides 1003
24.11 Some Final Comments on Metabolism 1008
Lagniappe: DNA Fingerprinting 1010
Summary 1011
Exercises 1012
25 Secondary Metabolites: An Introduction to Natural Products Chemistry25.1 Classification of Natural Products25.2 Biosynthesis of Pyridoxal Phosphate25.3 Biosynthesis of Morphine25.4 Biosynthesis of Erythromycin
Lagniappe: Bioprospecting: Hunting for Natural Products
SummaryExercises
AppendicesA Nomenclature of Polyfunctional Organic Compounds A-1
B Acidity Constants for Some Organic Compounds A-9
C Glossary A-11
D Answers to In-Text Problems A-31
Index I-1
Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file athttp://www.thomsonedu.com
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xvi
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xvii
Preface
IntroductionI’ve taught organic chemistry many times over many years, and it has oftenstruck me what a disconnect there is between the interests and expectationsof me, the teacher, and the interests and expectations of those being taught,my students. I love the logic and beauty of organic chemistry, and I want topass that feeling on to others. My students, however, seem to worry primarilyabout getting into medical school. Yes, of course that’s a simplification, butthere is truth in it. All of us who teach organic chemistry know that a largemajority of students in our courses—perhaps 80% or more, and includingmany chemistry majors—are interested primarily in the life sciences.
But if we are teaching future biologists, biochemists, physicians, and oth-ers in the life sciences, why do we continue to teach the way we do? Why dowe spend so much time discussing the details of reactions that are of interestto research chemists but have no connection to the biological sciences?Wouldn’t the limited amount of time we have be better spent paying moreattention to the organic chemistry of living organisms and less to the organicchemistry of the research laboratory? I believe so, and I have written thisbook, Organic Chemistry: A Biological Approach, to encourage others whomight also be thinking that the time has come to try something new.
OrganizationMake no mistake, this is still a textbook on Organic Chemistry, but the guid-ing principle in deciding what to include and what to leave out has been tofocus on those organic reactions that have a direct counterpart in biologicalchemistry. When looking through the text, three distinct groups of chaptersare apparent. The first group (Chapters 1–5, 9, 11, and 12) covers the tradi-tional foundations of organic chemistry that are essential in building thebackground necessary for further understanding of the science. The secondgroup (Chapters 6–8, 10, and 13–18) provides coverage of common laboratoryreactions that have biological counterparts (of which there are many morethan you might think). As each laboratory reaction is discussed, a biologicalexample is also shown. The inclusion of these biological reactions makes thematerial much more relevant for students, who might, for example, be more
“All of us who teach organic chemistryknow that the large majority of students in our courses are interested primarily in the life sciences.” John McMurry
“Make no mistake, this is still a textbook on Organic Chemistry.” John McMurry
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xvii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xviii P R E FA C E
interested in reading about trans fatty acids when they’re learning about cat-alytic hydrogenation than when they’re learning about lipids. The thirdgroup of chapters (19–24) is unique to this text. These chapters deal exclu-sively with the main classes of biomolecules—amino acids and proteins,carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids—and show how deeply organicchemistry and biochemistry are intertwined. Following an introduction to each class, the major metabolic pathways for that class are discussed from the perspective of mechanistic organic chemistry. See, for example, Sections 20.2 to 20.5 on amino acid metabolism.
Content ChoicesMany organic chemists might be surprised to find that such topics as carbenechemistry, acetylide alkylation, allylic bromination, and Diels–Alder reactionsare not included in this text. The decision not to cover these topics was not takenlightly, but the space saved by leaving out some nonbiological reactions hasbeen put to good use. Practically all reactions covered are immediately illus-trated with biological examples, and approximately 25% of the book is devotedentirely to biomolecules and the organic chemistry of their biotransformations.Furthermore, the deletion of some nonbiological reactions has resulted in ashorter text that many professors will have time to cover in its entirety.
There is more than enough organic chemistry in this text. My hope is thatthe students we teach, including those who worry about medical school, willcome to agree that there is also logic and beauty here.
Features
Reaction Mechanisms The innovative vertical presentation of reaction mechanisms that has been sowell received in my other texts is retained in Organic Chemistry: A BiologicalApproach. Mechanisms in this format have the reaction steps printed verti-cally while the changes taking place in each step are explained next to thereaction arrow. Students can see what is occurring at each step in a reactionwithout having to jump back and forth between structures and text.
VisualizationI want students to see that the mechanisms of biological reactions are thesame as those of laboratory organic reactions. Toward this end, and to let stu-dents more easily visualize the changes occurring in large biomolecules, thisbook introduces an innovative method for focusing on the reactive parts inlarge molecules by ghosting the nonreacting parts. In addition, consistentcolor, with clearly labeled numbered steps, is used in mechanisms through-out the text to show the progress of the reactions more clearly.
More Features• The reaction from students and colleagues to my previous texts has been
very gratifying, and I have made every effort to keep the writing in thistext as lucid and succinct as possible.
“Writing Organic Chemistry: ABiological Approach has been awonderful learning experience for me. I hope that both you and your studentswill enjoy and benefit from this text,and I would be very interested inhearing your questions and opinions.” John McMurry
“The innovative vertical presentationof reaction mechanisms that has been so well received in my othertexts is retained in Organic Chemistry:A Biological Approach.”John McMurry
“I want students to see that themechanisms of biological reactionsare the same as those of laboratoryorganic reactions.” John McMurry
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xviii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
PREFACE xix
• Why do we have to learn this? I’ve been asked this question so manytimes by students that I thought that it would be appropriate to begin eachchapter with the answer. Why This Chapter? is a short paragraph at theend of the introduction to every chapter that tells students why the mate-rial about to be covered is important and explains how the organic chem-istry of each chapter relates to biochemistry.
• Worked Examples are titled to give students a frame of reference. EachWorked Example includes a Strategy and a worked-out Solution and isfollowed by Problems for students to try on their own.
• Lagniappe (a Creole word meaning “something extra”) boxes at the end ofeach chapter are provided to relate real-world concepts to students’ lives.
• The Visualizing Chemistry Problems that conclude each chapter offerstudents an opportunity to see chemistry in a different way by visualiz-ing molecules rather than by simply interpreting structural formulas.
• Thorough media integration with Organic ChemistryNow™ and OrganicOWL is provided to help students practice and test their knowledge of theconcepts. The Organic ChemistryNow online assessment program isenhanced with biochemical coverage especially for biology and premedstudents. Icons throughout the book direct students to the Organic Chem-istryNow website. An access code is required to enter Organic Chem-istryNow. Visit http://www.thomsonedu.com to register.
• A number of the figures are animated in Organic ChemistryNow. Thesefigures are designated as Active in the figure legends.
• Summaries and Key Word lists help students by outlining the key con-cepts of the chapter.
• Summaries of Reactions bring together the key reactions from the chapterin one complete list.
• An overview entitled “A Preview of Carbonyl Chemistry” follows Chap-ter 13 and highlights the idea that studying organic chemistry requiresboth summarizing and looking ahead.
• Current IUPAC nomenclature rules, as updated in 1993, are used to namecompounds in this text.
Companions to This TextSupporting instructor materials are available to qualified adopters. Pleaseconsult your local Thomson Brooks/Cole representative for details.
Visit http://www.thomsonedu.com to:
• Locate your local representative• Download electronic files of text art and ancillaries• Request a desk copy
For Students Study Guide and Solutions Manual By Susan McMurry. Provides answersand explanations to all in-text and end-of-chapter exercises. ISBN: 0-495-01530-x
To further student understanding, the text features sensi-ble media integration through the Organic ChemistryNow website, a power-ful online learning companion that helps students determine their unique
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xix
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xx P R E FA C E
study needs and provides them with individualized resources. This dynamicinteractive resource combines with the text to provide students with a seam-less, integrated learning system. A code is required to access Organic ChemistryNow and may be packaged with a new copy of the text or pur-chased separately. Visit http://www.thomsonedu.com to register for access to Organic ChemistryNow.
OWL for Organic Chemistry The most widely used online chemistry masteryhomework system in the world! Developed at the University of Massachusetts,Amherst, class-tested by thousands of students, and used by more than 200institutions and 50,000 students, OWL is the most widely used system provid-ing fully class-tested content in an easy-to-use system that has proved reliablefor tens of thousands of students. OWL is also customizable, cross-platform, andavailable for introductory/preparatory chemistry, general chemistry, organicchemistry, liberal arts chemistry, and allied health/GOB. The OWL Online Web-based Learning system provides students with instant analysis and feedback onhomework problems, modeling questions, and animations to accompany selectThomson Brooks/Cole texts. This powerful system maximizes each student’slearning experience and, at the same time, reduces faculty workload and helpsfacilitate instruction. OWL’s organic chemistry content takes advantage of thelatest technological advances in online computer modeling using Jmol and MarvinSketch. Jmol, an interactive molecule viewer, enables students to rotatemolecules, to change the display mode (ball and stick, space fill, etc.), and tomeasure bond distances and angles. MarvinSketch, a Java applet for drawingchemical structures, enables OWL to grade chemical structures that the studentsdraw. A fee-based code is required for access to the specific OWL databaseselected. OWL is available for use only within North America.
Pushing Electrons: A Guide for Students of Organic Chemistry, third editionBy Daniel P. Weeks. A workbook designed to help students learn techniques ofelectron pushing. Its programmed approach emphasizes repetition and activeparticipation. ISBN: 0-03-020693-6
Spartan Model Electronic Modeling Kit A set of easy-to-use builders allowfor the construction and 3-D manipulation of molecules of any size or com-plexity. This kit includes the SpartanModel software on CD-ROM, an exten-sive molecular database, 3-D glasses, and a Tutorial and Users Guide thatincludes a wealth of activities to help you get the most out of your course.ISBN: 0-495-01793-0
For InstructorsJoinIn™ on Turning Point® Organic Chemistry Book-specific JoinIn con-tent for Response Systems tailored to Organic Chemistry: A BiologicalApproach allows you to transform your classroom and assess your students’progress with instant in-class quizzes and polls. Our exclusive agreement tooffer TurningPoint software lets you pose book-specific questions and displaystudents’ answers seamlessly within the Microsoft® PowerPoint® slides ofyour own lecture, in conjunction with the “clicker” hardware of your choice.Enhance how your students interact with you, your lecture, and one another.Contact your local Thomson Brooks/Cole representative to learn more.
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xx
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
PREFACE xxi
Multimedia Manager CD-ROM The Multimedia Manager is a dual-platformdigital library and presentation tool that provides art and tables from themain text in a variety of electronic formats that are easily exported into othersoftware packages. This enhanced CD-ROM also contains simulations,molecular models, and QuickTime movies to supplement lectures as well aselectronic files of various print supplements. Slides use the full power ofMicrosoft PowerPoint and incorporate videos, animations, and other assetsfrom Organic ChemistryNow. Instructors can customize their lecture presen-tations by adding their own slides or by deleting or changing existing slides.
Test Bank By Thomas Lectka, Johns Hopkins University. Hundreds of questions and answers organized to correspond to the main text.
iLrn Testing This easy-to-use software, containing questions and problemsauthored specifically for the text, allows professors to create, deliver, andcustomize tests in minutes.
WebCT/Now Integration Instructors and students enter Organic Chem-istryNow through their familiar Blackboard or WebCT environment withoutthe need for a separate user name or password and can access all ofthe Organic ChemistryNow assessments and content.
The Organic Chemistry of Biological Pathways By John McMurry andTadhg Begley. Intended for advanced undergraduates and graduate studentsin all areas of chemistry and biochemistry, The Organic Chemistry of Biolog-ical Pathways provides an accurate treatment of the major biochemical path-ways from the perspective of mechanistic organic chemistry. Roberts andCompany Publishers, ISBN: 0-9747077-1-6
Organic Chemistry Laboratory Manuals Thomson Brooks/Cole is pleasedto offer you a choice of organic chemistry laboratory manuals catered to fityour needs. Visit http://www.thomsonedu.com. Customizable laboratorymanuals also can be assembled. Go to http://cerlabs.brookscole.com/ andhttp://outernetpublishing.com/ for more information.
AcknowledgmentsI thank all the people who helped to shape this book and its message. AtThomson Brooks/Cole they include David Harris, publisher; Sandra Kiselica,senior development editor; Julie Conover, executive marketing manager; LisaWeber, senior production project manager; Ellen Bitter, assistant editor; andSuzanne Kastner at Graphic World Inc. Many thanks to John R. Scheffer, University of British Columbia; Eric Kantorowski, California PolytechnicState University; and Jacquelyn Gervay-Hague, University of California,Davis, for serving as the accuracy reviewers. They carefully read and checkedthe page proofs for this text before publication.
I am grateful to colleagues who reviewed the manuscript for this bookand participated in a survey about its approach. They include:
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxi
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xxii P R E FA C E
Manuscript ReviewersHelen E. Blackwell, University of Wisconsin
Joseph Chihade, Carleton College
Robert S. Coleman, Ohio State University
John Hoberg, University of Wyoming
Eric Kantorowski, California Polytechnic State University
Thomas Lectka, Johns Hopkins University
Paul Martino, Flathead Valley Community College
Eugene Mash, University of Arizona
Pshemak Maslak, Pennsylvania State University
Kevin Minbiole, James Madison University
Andrew Morehead, East Carolina University
K. Barbara Schowen, University of Kansas
Survey RespondentsLovell AgwaramgboDillard University
Khalique AhmedLynn University
Peter AlaimoSeattle University
Ananda AmarasekaraPrairie View A&M University
Anthony AmaroJamestown College
Michael AnsellLas Positas College
Lawrence ArmstrongState University of New York,Oneonta
Mark ArmstrongBlackburn College
L. Nyenty ArreyCapital University
Janet AsperColorado College
Allyson BackstromMidland Lutheran College
David BakerDelta College
David C. BakerUniversity of Tennessee
Bruce BaldwinSpring Arbor University
C. Eric BallardUniversity of Tampa
Raymond R. BardUniversity of Portland
Loren BarnhurstSouthern Adventist University
Les BattlesArkansas State University
Philip S. BeauchampCalifornia State PolytechnicUniversity, Pomona
Mary BeckNassau Community College
Vladimir BeninUniversity of Dayton
Jacqueline BennettDrury University
David BergbreiterTexas A&M University
Loren BertocciSalem International University
Joseph F. BieronCanisius College
Sean BirkeJefferson College
Dan BlanchardKutztown University
Ron BlankespoorCalvin College
Erich Blossey Rollins College
Shelly BluntUniversity of Southern Indiana
Glenn Allen BoboBevill State Community College
Gray BowmanHigh Point University
Morris BramlettUniversity of Arkansas, Monticello
Lorraine BrewerUniversity of Arkansas
David BrookUniversity of Detroit, Mercy
Cindy BrowderFort Lewis College
David BrownFlorida Gulf Coast University
David M. BrownDavidson College
Sheila BrowneMount Holyoke College
Alan J. BruhaLewis and Clark Community College
Edward BrushBridgewater State College
Edwin BryantLansing Community College
Arthur BullOakland University
Chuck BullerHutchinson Community College
Paul BuonoraCalifornia State University, Long Beach
Kelly ButzlerPennsylvania College of Technology
Angela CarrawayMeridian Community College
Elaine CarterLos Angeles City College
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
PREFACE xxiii
Kay CastagnoliVirginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Brian CavittAbilene Christian University
Bradley ChamberlainLuther College
Victoria ChangKutztown University
Amber CharleboisWilliam Paterson University
Richard ChenLenoir Community College
Robert ChestnutEastern Illinois University
Ralph ChristensenNorth Central Michigan College
Andrew M. ChubbSaginaw Valley State University
James CiaccioFordham University
Melissa Betz CichowiczWest Chester University
Allen ClaboFrancis Marion University
Caroline ClowerClayton State University
Elena J. ColicelliCollege of Saint Elizabeth
David CollardGeorgia Institute of Technology
Breege ConcannonWahtenaw Community College
Bernadette CorbettMetropolitan Community College
Perry S. CorbinAshland University
Kimberley CousinsCalifornia State University, SanBernardino
Dan CraneNorthwestern College
Joseph CrockettBridgewater College of Virginia
David CrouseTennessee Technological University
Mark CunninghamAtlanta Metropolitan College
Julian DavisSt. Edward’s University
Kenneth DavisLees-McRae College
Trudy A. DickneiderUniversity of Scranton
Joseph B. DigiorgioCalifornia State University,Sacramento
Marvin DixonWilliam Jewell College
Marion DoigCollege of Charleston
Debra D. DolliverSoutheastern Louisiana University
Veljko DragojlovicNova Southeastern University
Malcolm J. D’SouzaWesley College
Tina DuffeySamford University
Joyce EasterVirginia Wesleyan College Chemistry Department
Thomas A. EatonSt. Thomas University
Thomas H. EberleinPennsylvania State University,Schuylkill Campus
Timothy EckertCarthage College
Roger A. EgolfPenn State University, Lehigh Valley Campus
Susan EnselHood College
Karen EricksonClark University
John EstebButler University
Felicia EtzkornVirginia Tech
Thomas EvansDenison University
John FarrarIndiana University, PurdueUniversity, Fort Wayne
Nathaniel FinneyUniversity of Zurich
Steven A. FlemingBrigham Young University
James FletcherCreighton University
Craig FlowersBluefield College
Joseph M. FortunakHoward University
David FraleyGeorgetown College
Marcia FranceWashington and Lee University
Gary FrederickBrigham Young University, Hawaii
Andrew FrenchAlbion College
Jeff FrickIllinois Wesleyan University
Don FujitoLa Roche College
H. Kenneth FullerBig Sandy Community and Technical College
August GalloUniversity of Louisiana, Lafayette
Daqing GaoQueensborough Community College
Xiaolian GaoUniversity of Houston
Michael GaroutteMissouri Southern State University
Ralph GatroneVirginia State University
Edwin GeelsDordt College
A. Denise GeorgeNebraska Wesleyan University
Graeme C. GerransUniversity of Virginia
Neil GlagovichCentral Connecticut State University
Jeff GlansSacred Heart University
James B. GloerUniversity of Iowa
Ian GouldArizona State University
John GriswoldCedar Crest College
Stephen GrossCreighton University
John R. GrunwellMiami University
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxiii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xxiv P R E FA C E
Rich GurneySimmons College
Ram GurumurthySan Diego City College
Arthur HaberMorrisville State College
Coleman HamelMoravian College
Peter HansonWittenberg University
Michele R. HarrisStephen F. Austin State University
Martha A. HassAlbany College of Pharmacy
Neil HeckmanHastings College
Rick HeldrichCollege of Charleston
Lars H. HellbergSan Diego State University
Eric HelmsState University of New York,Geneseo
David C. HelsethFamily of Faith College
Geneive E. HenrySusquehanna University
Christine HermannRadford University
Bruce J. HeyenTabor College
Robert HeyerKirkwood Community College
Gene HiegelCalifornia State University, Fullerton
Gary HistandBethel College
James R. HohmanFort Hays State University
Robert HollowaySchreiner University
Steven HolmgrenMontana State University, Bozeman
Douglas HolubOttawa University
Isaac HonAlbertus Magnus College
William E. HopperFlorida Memorial University
H. Liland HortenNorth Park University
William HoytSaint Joseph’s College of Maine
Victor J. HrubyUniversity of Arizona
Paul HudrlikHoward University
Michael T. HugginsUniversity of West Florida
Martin HulceCreighton University
Robyn HydeWestminster College
Tamera JahnkeSouthwest Missouri State University
Joe JeffersOuachita Baptist University
Mian JiangEast Tennessee State University
David M. JohnsonUniversity of Texas, San Antonio
Maitland Jones, Jr.Princeton University
Stacy J. JonesNorthwest Mississippi Community College
Thomas Nicholas JonesCollege of St. Benedict
Ismail KadyEast Tennessee State University
Thomas KatzColumbia University
Don KaufmanUniversity of Nebraska, Kearney
Naod KebedeEdinboro University of Pennsylvania
Ron KeiperValencia Community College
F. W. KellyCasper College
Mark KeranenUniversity of Minnesota, Crookston
Robert KerberState University of New York, Stony Brook
Daniel KetchaWright State University
Sarah KirkWilliamette University
Kevin KittredgeMiami University of Ohio
Susan J. KleinManchester College
Timm KnoerzerNazareth College
Martin G. KociolekPennsylvania State University, Erie Campus
Michael KoschoMississippi State University
George S. KrizWestern Washington University
Paul J. KroppUniversity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
Kevin G. LaeskeWisconsin Lutheran College
Kenneth LaiHingOakwood College
Joseph LandesbergAdelphi University
Robert G. LandoltTexas Wesleyan University
Ken LathamCentury College
Robert E. Leard IIIAlcorn State University
David C. LeverOhio Wesleyan University
Chunmei LiStephen F. Austin State University
Deborah LiebermanUniversity of Cincinnati
Peter LillyaUniversity of Massachusetts
James G. LindbergGrinnell College
Harriet LindsayEastern Michigan University
Louis J. LiottaStonehill College
Robert LoeschenCalifornia State University, Long Beach
Marshall W. LogueMichigan Technological University
Maria O. LongasPurdue University, Calumet
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxiv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
PREFACE xxv
Donald LoranceVanguard University
Andrew B. LoweUniversity of Southern Mississippi
Tim LubbenNorthwestern College
Eddie LuzikUniversity of New Haven
Suzanne Mabrouk The Citadel
Bernard MajdiWaycross College
George MajetichUniversity of Georgia
Ghislain R. MandoumaUniversity of Maryland, Eastern Shore
Eric R. MarinezCalifornia State University, Long Beach
Cheryl MascarenhasBenedictine University
Linda MascavageArcadia University
Salah MassoudUniversity of Louisiana, Lafayette
Dan MatternUniversity of Mississippi
Francis MayvilleDeSales University
Toni McCallAngelina College
Christina McCarthaNewberry College
Chriss McDonaldLycoming College
Cynthia McGowanMerrimack College
Wayne McGrawLouisiana College
Edward McInteeCollege of St. Benedict
Neil McKelvieCity College of New York
Keith MeadMississippi State University
Rosalyn MeadowsWallace State Community College
Panayiotis MeletiesBronx Community College
Christina MewhinneyEastfield College
Dawcett MiddletonRose State College
Richard F. MilaszewskiFramingham State College
Leanne MillerPennsylvania State University, York
L. Ray MillerYork College
David ModarelliUniversity of Akron
Layne A. MorschDePaul University
Rajeev MuthyalaQueens College, CUNY
Brian MyersOhio Northern University
John A. MyersNorth Carolina Central University
Terry NewirthHaverford College
Fatemeh NicholsEast Central College
Elva Mae NicholsonEastern Michigan University
David NickellWashtenaw Community College
Jacqueline A. NiklesUniversity of Alabama, Birmingham
Ernest G. NolenColgate University
Charles F. NutaitisLafayette College
Godson C. NwokoguHampton University
Abe OjoBainbridge College
Sandra L. OlmstedAugsburg College
Richard OwenNorth Harris College
Shallee PageUniversity of Maine, Machias
Christopher PalmerOhlone College
Raj PandianUniversity of New Orleans
Ann PatersonWilliams Baptist College
Robert PattersonUniversity of Southern Mississippi
Stephen R. PattonMissouri Valley College
Wesley PearsonSt. Olaf College
David PeitzWayne State College
Donald R. PerineUniversity of Mobile
Patty PieperAnoka-Ramsey Community College
Harold W. PierUtica College
Kenneth PohlmannSt. Mary’s University
Allison H. PredeckiShippensburg University
Martin QuirkeFlorida International University
Paul R. RablenSwarthmore College
Nicholas J. RamerLong Island University, C.W. Post
Anne ReeveLynchburg College
Joel M. RessnerWest Chester University
Rob RonaldWashington State University
Alan RosanDrew University
William RosenUniversity of Rhode Island
Miriam RossiVassar College
H. Alan RoweNorfolk State University
Michael D. RuaneEastern Illinois University
Suzanne RuderVirginia Commonwealth University
Drew RutherfordConcordia College
Roseann K. SachsMessiah College
Matthew SaderholmBerea College
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
xxvi P R E FA C E
Somnath SarkarCentral Missouri State University
Paul B. SavageBrigham Young University
Alfred A. ScalaWorcester Polytechnic Institute
Margaret E. SchottDominican University
Paul ScudderNew College of Florida
Alexander J. SeedKent State University
Grigoriy A. SeredaUniversity of South Dakota
Elaine SheaLoyola College
Melvin ShemluckQuinsigamond Community College
James ShriverCentral College
Supriya SihiHouston Community College
Michael H. SilveiraOur Lady of the Lake College
Michael G. SilvestriCalifornia Polytechnic StateUniversity, San Luis Obispo
Jan SimekCalifornia Polytechnic StateUniversity, San Luis Obispo
Daniel A. SingletonTexas A&M University
Mark SintonUniversity of Dubuque
Tara M. SirventUniversity of West Florida
Joseph C. SloopUnited States Military Academy
Julie SmistSpringfield College
Michele L. SmithGeorgia Southwestern State University
Rachel Brown SmithErskine College
Cheryl SnyderSchoolcraft College
Craig SockwellNorthwest-Shoals Community College
David SoulsbyUniversity of Redlands
Teresa SpeakmanGolden West College
Gary SpessardSt. Olaf College
Wayne M. StalickCentral Missouri State University
Sonja StampflerKellogg Community College
Laurie StarkeyCalifornia State PolytechnicUniversity, Pomona
Richard SteinerUniversity of Utah
Ralph StephaniSt. John’s University
Donald StierleMontana Tech, The University ofMontana
Charlie M. Stinson, Jr.Talladega College
Charles SundinUniversity of Wisconsin, Platteville
Elizabeth SuttonCampbellsville University
Paris SvoronosQueens College, CUNY
Everett Shane TalbottSomerset Community College
Ann TaylorWabash College
Richard E. ThompsonLouisiana State University,Shreveport
Marcus ThomsenFranklin and Marshall College
William N. TinnermanUniversity of St. Thomas
Rod TraceyCollege of the Desert
John E. TramondozziCurry College
Eric TrumpEmporia State University
Margie TuckerThe University of Virginia’s College,Wise
Fred A. TurnerRoosevelt University
Timothy L. VailNorthern Arizona University
Simon van DijkTrinity University
Mary VedamuthuMissouri Baptist University
Dianne C. VeithDelgado Community College
Andrea WallaceCoastal Georgia Community College
Richard WallaceArmstrong Atlantic State University
Carl WamserPortland State University
Philip WarnerNortheastern University
Darrell WatsonUniversity of Mary Hardin, Baylor
Carolyn K. WeinrebSaint Anselm College
R. Marshall WernerLake Superior State University
Judy WestrickLake Superior State University
Thomas WhitfieldCommunity College of Rhode Island
Arlon A. WidderGeorgia Perimeter College
Ron WikholmUniversity of Connecticut
Michael WileyCalifornia Lutheran University
Anne WilsonButler University
Marie WolffJoliet Junior College
Stephen WoskiUniversity of Alabama
Linfeng XieUniversity of Wisconsin, Oshkosh
Mamudu YakubuElizabeth City State University
Ted K. YamadaSanta Ana College
Mingdi YanPortland State University
Burl YearwoodLaGuardia Community College
Hua ZhaoSavannah State University
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxvi
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
Author royalties from this book are being
donated to the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation.
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxvii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page xxviii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
Australia • Brazil • Canada • Mexico • Singapore • SpainUnited Kingdom • United States
Organic ChemistryA B I O L O G I C A L A P P R O A C H
J O H N M C M U R R YCornell University
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page iii
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
© 2007 Thomson Brooks/Cole, a part of The Thomson Corporation.Thomson, the Star logo, and Brooks/Cole are trademarks usedherein under license.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. No part of this work covered by thecopyright hereon may be reproduced or used in any form or by anymeans—graphic, electronic, or mechanical, including photocopy-ing, recording, taping, Web distribution, information storage andretrieval systems, or in any other manner—without the writtenpermission of the publisher.
We gratefully acknowledge SDBS for providing data for Figures onpages 427, 432, 435, 437, 448, 449, 451, 452, 529, 546, 584, 617,630, 679, and 762. (http://www.aist.go.jp/RIODB/SDBS/, NationalInstitute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology,8/26/05).
Printed in the United States of America1 2 3 4 5 6 7 00 09 08 07 06
Library of Congress Control Number: 2006920388
Student Edition: ISBN 0-495-01525-3
Thomson Higher Education10 Davis DriveBelmont, CA 94002-3098USA
For more information about our products, contact us at:Thomson Learning Academic Resource Center1-800-423-0563
For permission to use material from this text or product, submita request online at http://www.thomsonrights.com.Any additional questions about permissions can be submittedby e-mail to [email protected].
Publisher, Physical Sciences: David Harris
Senior Development Editor: Sandra Kiselica
Assistant Editor: Ellen Bitter
Editorial Assistant: Lauren Oliviera
Technology Project Manager: Donna Kelley
Executive Marketing Manager: Julie Conover
Marketing Assistant: Michele Colella
Marketing Communications Manager: Bryan Vann
Project Manager, Editorial Production: Lisa Weber
Creative Director: Rob Hugel
Art Director: Lee Friedman
Print Buyer: Barbara Britton
Permissions Editor: Joohee Lee
Production Service: Graphic World Inc.
Text Designer: Jeanne Calabrese
Photo Researcher: Dena Digilio Betz
Copy Editor: Graphic World Inc.
Illustrators: 2064design and Graphic World Inc.
Cover Designer: Lee Friedman
Cover Image: Radiograph by Albert Koetsier,
www.beyondlight.com
Cover Printer: Phoenix Color Corp
Compositor: Graphic World Inc.
Printer: Quebecor World/Versailles
Organic Chemistry: A Biological ApproachJohn McMurry
01525_00_FM_i-xxviii.qxd 2/2/06 6:29 PM Page iv
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-1
AppendixNomenclature of Polyfunctional
Organic Compounds
A
With more than 26 million organic compounds now known and several thou-sand more being created daily, naming them all is a real problem. Part of theproblem is due to the sheer complexity of organic structures, but part is alsodue to the fact that chemical names have more than one purpose. For Chemi-cal Abstracts Service (CAS), which catalogs and indexes the worldwidechemical literature, each compound must have only one correct name. Itwould be chaos if half the entries for CH3Br were indexed under “M” formethyl bromide and half under “B” for bromomethane. Furthermore, a CASname must be strictly systematic so that it can be assigned and interpreted bycomputers; common names are not allowed.
People, however, have different requirements than computers. For people—which is to say chemists in their spoken and written communications—it’s bestthat a chemical name be pronounceable and that it be as easy as possible toassign and interpret. Furthermore, it’s convenient if names follow historicalprecedents, even if that means a particularly well-known compound might havemore than one name. People can readily understand that bromomethane andmethyl bromide both refer to CH3Br.
As noted in the text, chemists overwhelmingly use the nomenclature sys-tem devised and maintained by the International Union of Pure and AppliedChemistry, or IUPAC. Rules for naming monofunctional compounds weregiven throughout the text as each new functional group was introduced, anda list of where these rules can be found is given in Table A.1.
Naming a monofunctional compound is reasonably straightforward, buteven experienced chemists often encounter problems when faced with nam-ing a complex polyfunctional compound. Take the following compound, for instance. It has three functional groups, ester, ketone, and C�C, but how should it be named? As an ester with an -oate ending, a ketone with an -one ending, or an alkene with an -ene ending? It’s actually named methyl 3-(2-oxocyclohex-6-enyl)propanoate.
O
COCH3
Methyl 3-(2-oxocylohex-6-enyl)propanoate
Double bond
EsterKetoneO
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-1
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-2 A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S
The name of a polyfunctional organic molecule has four parts—suffix,parent, prefixes, and locants—which must be identified and expressed in theproper order and format. Let’s look at each of the four.
Name Part 1. The Suffix: Functional-Group PrecedenceAlthough a polyfunctional organic molecule might contain several differentfunctional groups, we must choose just one suffix for nomenclature purposes.It’s not correct to use two suffixes. Thus, keto ester 1 must be named either as aketone with an -one suffix or as an ester with an -oate suffix but can’t be namedas an -onoate. Similarly, amino alcohol 2 must be named either as an alcohol (-ol)or as an amine (-amine) but can’t be named as an -olamine or -aminol.
The only exception to the rule requiring a single suffix is when namingcompounds that have double or triple bonds. Thus, the unsaturated acidH2CUCHCH2CO2H is but-3-enoic acid, and the acetylenic alcoholHCqCCH2CH2CH2OH is pent-5-yn-1-ol.
How do we choose which suffix to use? Functional groups are dividedinto two classes, principal groups and subordinate groups, as shown in TableA.2. Principal groups can be cited either as prefixes or as suffixes, while sub-ordinate groups are cited only as prefixes. Within the principal groups, anorder of priority has been established, with the proper suffix for a given com-pound determined by choosing the principal group of highest priority. Forexample, Table A.2 indicates that keto ester 1 should be named as an ester
CH3CCH2CH2COCH3
OO1.
CH3CHCH2CH2CH2NH2
2. OH
Functional group Text section Functional group Text section
Acid anhydrides 16.1 Aromatic compounds 8.1
Acid halides 16.1 Carboxylic acids 15.1
Acyl phosphates 16.1 Cycloalkanes 4.1
Alcohols 13.1 Esters 16.1
Aldehydes 14.1 Ethers 13.7
Alkanes 3.4 Ketones 14.1
Alkenes 6.2 Nitriles 15.1
Alkyl halides 10.1 Phenols 13.1
Alkynes 6.2 Sulfides 13.7
Amides 16.1 Thiols 13.1
Amines 18.1 Thioesters 16.1
Table A.1 Nomenclature Rules for Functional Groups
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-2
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S A-3
Functional group Name as suffix Name as prefix
Principal groups
Carboxylic acids -oic acid carboxy-carboxylic acid
Acid anhydrides -oic anhydride —-carboxylic anhydride
Esters -oate alkoxycarbonyl-carboxylate
Thioesters -thioate alkylthiocarbonyl-carbothioate
Acid halides -oyl halide halocarbonyl-carbonyl halide
Amides -amide carbamoyl-carboxamide
Nitriles -nitrile cyano-carbonitrile
Aldehydes -al oxo-carbaldehyde
Ketones -one oxo
Alcohols -ol hydroxy
Phenols -ol hydroxy
Thiols -thiol mercapto
Amines -amine amino
Imines -imine imino
Ethers ether alkoxy
Sulfides sulfide alkylthio
Disulfides disulfide —
Alkenes -ene —
Alkynes -yne —
Alkanes -ane —
Subordinate groups
Azides — azido
Halides — halo
Nitro compounds — nitro
aPrincipal groups are listed in order of decreasing priority; subordinate groups have no priority order.
Table A.2 Classification of Functional Groupsa
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-3
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-4 A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S
rather than as a ketone because an ester functional group is higher in prioritythan a ketone. Similarly, amino alcohol 2 should be named as an alcoholrather than as an amine. Thus, the name of 1 is methyl 4-oxopentanoate, andthe name of 2 is 5-aminopentan-2-ol. Further examples are shown:
Name Part 2. The Parent: Selecting the Main Chain or RingThe parent, or base, name of a polyfunctional organic compound is usuallyeasy to identify. If the principal group of highest priority is part of an openchain, the parent name is that of the longest chain containing the largest num-ber of principal groups. For example, compounds 6 and 7 are isomeric alde-hydo amides, which must be named as amides rather than as aldehydesaccording to Table A.2. The longest chain in compound 6 has six carbons, andthe substance is therefore named 5-methyl-6-oxohexanamide. Compound 7also has a chain of six carbons, but the longest chain that contains both prin-cipal functional groups has only four carbons. The correct name of 7 is 4-oxo-3-propylbutanamide.
If the highest-priority principal group is attached to a ring, the parentname is that of the ring system. Compounds 8 and 9, for instance, are isomericketo nitriles and must both be named as nitriles according to Table A.2. Sub-stance 8 is named as a benzonitrile because the –CN functional group is a substituent on the aromatic ring, but substance 9 is named as an acetonitrilebecause the –CN functional group is on an open chain. The correct names are
6. 5-Methyl-6-oxohexanamide
HCCHCH2CH2CH2CNH2
OO
CH3
7. 4-Oxo-3-propylbutanamide
CH3CH2CH2CHCH2CNH2
OCHO
1. Methyl 4-oxopentanoate
(an ester with a ketone group)2. 5-Aminopentan-2-ol
(an alcohol with an amine group)
CH3CCH2CH2COCH3
OO
CH3CHCH2CH2CH2NH2
OH
3. Methyl 5-methyl-6-oxohexanoate
(an ester with an aldehyde group)
CH3CHCH2CH2CH2COCH3
OCHO
4. 5-Carbamoyl-4-hydroxypentanoic acid
(a carboxylic acid with amide and alcohol groups)
O OH
H2NCCH2CHCH2CH2COH
O
CHO
O
5. 3-Oxocyclohexanecarbaldehyde
(an aldehyde with a ketone group)
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-4
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S A-5
2-acetyl-(4-bromomethyl)benzonitrile (8) and (2-acetyl-4-bromophenyl)-acetonitrile (9). As further examples, compounds 10 and 11 are both ketoacids and must be named as acids, but the parent name in (10) is that of a ringsystem (cyclohexanecarboxylic acid) and the parent name in (11) is that of anopen chain (propanoic acid). The full names are trans-2-(3-oxopropyl)cyclo-hexanecarboxylic acid (10) and 3-(2-oxocyclohexyl)propanoic acid (11).
Name Parts 3 and 4. The Prefixes and LocantsWith parent name and suffix established, the next step is to identify and givenumbers, or locants, to all substituents on the parent chain or ring. These sub-stituents include all alkyl groups and all functional groups other than the onecited in the suffix. For example, compound 12 contains three different func-tional groups (carboxyl, keto, and double bond). Because the carboxyl groupis highest in priority and because the longest chain containing the functionalgroups has seven carbons, compound 12 is a heptenoic acid. In addition, themain chain has a keto (oxo) substituent and three methyl groups. Numberingfrom the end nearer the highest-priority functional group, compound 12 isnamed (E)-2,5,5-trimethyl-4-oxohept-2-enoic acid. Look back at some of theother compounds we’ve named to see other examples of how prefixes andlocants are assigned.
Writing the NameOnce the name parts have been established, the entire name is written out.Several additional rules apply:
1. Order of prefixes When the substituents have been identified, the mainchain has been numbered, and the proper multipliers such as di- and tri-have been assigned, the name is written with the substituents listed in
O CH3
CH3H3C
CCCCH3CH2 C
H
CO2H12. (E)-2,5,5-Trimethyl-4-oxohept-2-enoic acid
O
CCH3
CN
BrCH2
O
CCH3
CH2CN
Br
O
CO2HCHO
CO2H
H
H
8. 2-Acetyl-(4-bromomethyl)benzonitrile 9. (2-Acetyl-4-bromophenyl)acetonitrile
10. trans-2-(3-oxopropyl)cyclo-
hexanecarboxylic acid
11. 3-(2-Oxocyclohexyl)propanoic acid
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-5
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-6 A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S
alphabetical, rather than numerical, order. Multipliers such as di- and tri-are not used for alphabetization purposes, but the prefix iso- is used.
2. Use of hyphens; single- and multiple-word names The general rule is todetermine whether the parent is itself an element or compound. If it is,then the name is written as a single word; if it isn’t, then the name is writ-ten as multiple words. Methylbenzene is written as one word, forinstance, because the parent—benzene—is itself a compound. Diethylether, however, is written as two words because the parent—ether—is aclass name rather than a compound name. Some further examples follow:
3. Parentheses Parentheses are used to denote complex substituents whenambiguity would otherwise arise. For example, chloromethylbenzenehas two substituents on a benzene ring, but (chloromethyl)benzene hasonly one complex substituent. Note that the expression in parentheses isnot set off by hyphens from the rest of the name.
18. p-Chloromethylbenzene
20. 2-(1-Methylpropyl)pentanedioic acid
HOCCHCH2CH2COH
O O
CH3CHCH2CH3
CH3
Cl
19. (Chloromethyl)benzene
CH2Cl
15. Isopropyl 3-hydroxypropanoate
(two words, because “propanoate”is not a compound)
14. Dimethylmagnesium
(one word, becausemagnesium is an element)
16. 4-(Dimethylamino)pyridine
(one word, because pyridineis a compound)
HOCH2CH2COCHCH3
O
CH3
Mg CH3H3C
N
CH3
CH3
N
17. Methyl cyclopentanecarbothioate
(two words, because “cyclopentane-carbothioate” is not a compound)
C
O
SCH3
OH
CH3
H2NCH2CH2CHCHCH3 13. 5-Amino-3-methylpentan-2-ol
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-6
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X A: N O M E N C L AT U R E O F P O LY F U N C T I O N A L O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S A-7
ADDITIONAL READING
Further explanations of the rules of organic nomenclature can be foundonline at http://www.acdlabs.com/iupac/nomenclature/ and in the followingreferences:
1. “A Guide to IUPAC Nomenclature of Organic Compounds,” CRC Press,Boca Raton, FL, 1993.
2. “Nomenclature of Organic Chemistry, Sections A, B, C, D, E, F, and H,”International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, Pergamon Press,Oxford, 1979.
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-7
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
01525_25_AppA_A01-A08 2/1/06 3:33 PM Page A-8
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
AppendixAcidity Constants for Some
Organic Compounds
B
Compound pKa
CH3SO3H �1.8
CH(NO2)3 0.1
0.3
CCl3CO2H 0.5
CF3CO2H 0.5
CBr3CO2H 0.7
HO2CCmCCO2H 1.2; 2.5
HO2CCO2H 1.2; 3.7
CHCl2CO2H 1.3
CH2(NO2)CO2H 1.3
HCmCCO2H 1.9
Z HO2CCHUCHCO2H 1.9; 6.3
2.4
CH3COCO2H 2.4
NCCH2CO2H 2.5
CH3CmCCO2H 2.6
CH2FCO2H 2.7
CO2H
NO2
OH
NO2
NO2
O2N
Compound pKa
CH2ClCO2H 2.8
HO2CCH2CO2H 2.8; 5.6
CH2BrCO2H 2.9
3.0
3.0
CH2ICO2H 3.2
CHOCO2H 3.2
3.4
3.5
HSCH2CO2H 3.5; 10.2
CH2(NO2)2 3.6
CH3OCH2CO2H 3.6
CH3COCH2CO2H 3.6
HOCH2CO2H 3.7
HCO2H 3.7
CO2HO2N
O2N
CO2HO2N
CO2H
OH
CO2H
Cl
Compound pKa
3.8
4.0
CH3BrCH2CO2H 4.0
4.1
4.2
H2CUCHCO2H 4.2
HO2CCH2CH2CO2H 4.2; 5.7
HO2CCH2CH2CH2CO2H 4.3; 5.4
4.5
H2CUC(CH3)CO2H 4.7
CH3CO2H 4.8
OH
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
Cl
CO2H
OH
O2N NO2
CO2HCl
CO2H
Cl
A–9(Continued)
01525_26_AppB_A09-A10 2/2/06 5:23 PM Page A–9
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A–10 A P P E N D I X B: AC I D I T Y C O N S TA N T S F O R S O M E O R G A N I C C O M P O U N D S
Compound pKa
CH3CH2CO2H 4.8
(CH3)3CCO2H 5.0
CH3COCH2NO2 5.1
5.3
O2NCH2CO2CH3 5.8
5.8
6.2
6.6
HCO3H 7.1
7.2
(CH3)2CHNO2 7.7
7.8
CH3CO3H 8.2
8.5
CH3CH2NO2 8.5
8.7
An acidity list covering more than 5000 organic compounds has been published: E.P. Serjeant and B. Dempsey (eds.), “Ionization Constants ofOrganic Acids in Aqueous Solution,” IUPAC Chemical Data Series No. 23, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1979.
OHF3C
Cl
OH
OH
Cl
Cl
OH
NO2
SH
OH
Cl
Cl
Cl
O
CHO
O
O
Compound pKa
CH3COCH2COCH3 9.0
9.3; 11.1
9.3; 12.6
9.4
9.9; 11.5
9.9
CH3COCH2SOCH3 10.0
10.3
CH3NO2 10.3
CH3SH 10.3
CH3COCH2CO2CH3 10.6
CH3COCHO 11.0
CH2(CN)2 11.2
CCl3CH2OH 12.2
Glucose 12.3
(CH3)2CUNOH 12.4
CH2(CO2CH3)2 12.9
CHCl2CH2OH 12.9
CH2(OH)2 13.3
HOCH2CH(OH)CH2OH 14.1
CH2ClCH2OH 14.3
15.0
OH
CH3
OH
OH
HO
CH2SH
OH
OH
HO OH
Compound pKa
15.4
CH3OH 15.5
H2CUCHCH2OH 15.5
CH3CH2OH 16.0
CH3CH2CH2OH 16.1
CH3COCH2Br 16.1
16.7
CH3CHO 17
(CH3)2CHCHO 17
(CH3)2CHOH 17.1
(CH3)3COH 18.0
CH3COCH3 19.3
23
CH3CO2CH2CH3 25
HCmCH 25
CH3CN 25
CH3SO2CH3 28
(C6H5)3CH 32
(C6H5)2CH2 34
CH3SOCH3 35
NH3 36
CH3CH2NH2 36
(CH3CH2)2NH 40
41
43
H2CUCH2 44
CH4 �60
CH3
O
CH2OH
01525_26_AppB_A09-A10 2/2/06 5:23 PM Page A–10
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
AppendixGlossary
C
A-11
Absolute configuration (Section 9.5): The exact three-dimensional structure of a chiral molecule. Absolute con-figurations are specified verbally by the Cahn–Ingold–Prelog R,S convention.
Absorbance (Section 11.9): In optical spectroscopy, thelogarithm of the intensity of the incident light divided bythe intensity of the light transmitted through a sample;A � log I0/I.
Absorption spectrum (Section 11.5): A plot of wave-length of incident light versus amount of light absorbed.Organic molecules show absorption spectra in both theinfrared and the ultraviolet regions of the electro-magnetic spectrum.
Acetal (Section 14.8): A functional group consisting oftwo –OR groups bonded to the same carbon, R2C(OR�)2.Acetals are often used as protecting groups for ketonesand aldehydes.
Acetoacetic ester synthesis (Section 17.4): The synthesisof a methyl ketone by alkylation of an alkyl halide, fol-lowed by hydrolysis and decarboxylation.
Acetyl group (Section 14.1): The CH3CO– group.
Acetylide anion (Section 7.12): The anion formed byremoval of a proton from a terminal alkyne.
Achiral (Section 9.2): Having a lack of handedness. Amolecule is achiral if it has a plane of symmetry and isthus superimposable on its mirror image.
Acid anhydride (Chapter 16 Introduction): A functionalgroup with two acyl groups bonded to a common oxygenatom, RCO2COR�.
Acid halide (Chapter 16 Introduction): A functional groupwith an acyl group bonded to a halogen atom, RCOX.
Acidity constant, Ka (Section 2.8): A measure of acidstrength in water. For any acid HA, the acidity constant is
given by the expression Ka � Keq[H2O] � .
Activating group (Section 8.8): An electron-donatinggroup such as hydroxyl (–OH) or amino (–NH2) thatincreases the reactivity of an aromatic ring towardelectrophilic aromatic substitution.
Activation energy, �G‡ (Section 5.9): The difference inenergy between ground state and transition state in a reac-tion. The amount of activation energy determines the rateat which the reaction proceeds. Most organic reactionshave activation energies of 40–100 kJ/mol.
Active site (Sections 5.11, 19.10): The pocket in an enzymewhere a substrate is bound and undergoes reaction.
Acyl group (Sections 8.7, 14.1): A –COR group.
Acyl phosphate (Chapter 16 Introduction): A functionalgroup with an acyl group bonded to a phosphate,RCOPO3
2�.
Acylation (Section 8.7): The introduction of an acylgroup, –COR, onto a molecule. For example, acylation ofan alcohol yields an ester, acylation of an amine yields anamide, and acylation of an aromatic ring yields an alkylaryl ketone.
Adams catalyst (Section 7.5): The PtO2 catalyst used foralkene hydrogenations.
1,2-Addition (Sections 7.11, 14.11): The addition of areactant to the two ends of a double bond.
1,4-Addition (Sections 7.11, 14.11): Addition of a reactantto the ends of a conjugated � system. Conjugated dienesyield 1,4-adducts when treated with electrophiles such as
[H3O�][A�]
[HA]
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-11
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
Alkylation (Sections 8.7, 17.4): Introduction of an alkylgroup onto a molecule. For example, aromatic rings canbe alkylated to yield arenes, and enolate anions can bealkylated to yield �-substituted carbonyl compounds.
Alkyne (Chapter 6 Introduction): A hydrocarbon that con-tains a carbon–carbon triple bond, RCmCR.
Allyl group (Section 6.2): A H2CUCHCH2X substituent.
Allylic (Section 7.11): The position next to a double bond.For example, H2CUCHCH2Br is an allylic bromide.
�-Amino acid (Section 19.1): A difunctional compoundwith an amino group on the carbon atom next to a car-boxyl group, RCH(NH2)CO2H.
� Anomer (Section 21.5): The cyclic hemiacetal form of asugar that has the hemiacetal –OH group on the side of thering opposite the terminal –CH2OH.
� Helix (Section 19.8): A coiled secondary structure of aprotein.
� Position (Chapter 17 Introduction): The position next toa carbonyl group.
�-Substitution reaction (Section 17.2): The substitutionof the � hydrogen atom of a carbonyl compound by reac-tion with an electrophile.
Amide (Chapter 16 Introduction): A compound contain-ing the –CONR2 functional group.
Amidomalonate synthesis (Section 19.3): A method forpreparing an �-amino acid by alkylation of diethyl amido-malonate with an alkyl halide.
Amine (Chapter 18 Introduction): A compound contain-ing one or more organic substituents bonded to a nitrogenatom, RNH2, R2NH, or R3N.
Amino acid (See �-Amino acid; Section 19.1)
Amino sugar (Section 21.7): A sugar with one of its –OHgroups replaced by –NH2.
Amphiprotic (Section 19.1): Capable of acting either as anacid or as a base. Amino acids are amphiprotic.
Amplitude (Section 11.5): The height of a wave measuredfrom the midpoint to the maximum. The intensity of radiantenergy is proportional to the square of the wave’s amplitude.
Anabolism (Section 20.1): The group of metabolic path-ways that build up larger molecules from smaller ones.
Androgen (Section 23.9): A male steroid sex hormone.
Angle strain (Section 4.3): The strain introduced into amolecule when a bond angle is deformed from its idealvalue. Angle strain is particularly important in small-ring
HCl. Conjugated enones yield 1,4-adducts when treatedwith nucleophiles such as amines.
Addition reaction (Section 5.1): The reaction that occurswhen two reactants add together to form a single newproduct with no atoms “left over.”
Adrenocortical hormone (Section 23.9): A steroid hor-mone secreted by the adrenal glands. There are two types of adrenocortical hormones: mineralocorticoidsand glucocorticoids.
Alcohol (Chapter 13 Introduction): A compound with an–OH group bonded to a saturated, alkane-like carbon,ROH.
Aldaric acid (Section 21.6): The dicarboxylic acid result-ing from oxidation of an aldose.
Aldehyde (Chapter 14 Introduction): A compound con-taining the –CHO functional group.
Alditol (Section 21.6): The polyalcohol resulting fromreduction of the carbonyl group of a sugar.
Aldol reaction (Section 17.5): The carbonyl condensationreaction of an aldehyde or ketone to give a �-hydroxycarbonyl compound.
Aldonic acid (Section 21.6): The monocarboxylic acidresulting from oxidation of the aldehyde group of an aldose.
Aldose (Section 21.1): A carbohydrate with an aldehydefunctional group.
Alicyclic (Section 4.1): An aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbonsuch as a cycloalkane or cycloalkene.
Aliphatic (Section 3.2): A nonaromatic hydrocarbon suchas a simple alkane, alkene, or alkyne.
Alkaloid (Chapter 2 Lagniappe): A naturally occurringorganic base, such as morphine.
Alkane (Section 3.2): A compound of carbon and hydro-gen that contains only single bonds.
Alkene (Chapter 6 Introduction): A hydrocarbon that con-tains a carbon–carbon double bond, R2CUCR2.
Alkoxide ion (Section 13.2): The anion RO� formed bydeprotonation of an alcohol.
Alkyl group (Section 3.3): The partial structure thatremains when a hydrogen atom is removed from an alkane.
Alkyl halide (Chapter 10 Introduction): A compound witha halogen atom bonded to a saturated, sp3-hybridizedcarbon atom.
Alkylamine (Section 18.1): An amino-substituted alkane,RNH2, R2NH, or R3N.
A-12 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-12
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-13
cycloalkanes, where it results from compression of bondangles to less than their ideal tetrahedral values.
Anomeric center (Section 21.5): The hemiacetal carbonatom in the cyclic pyranose or furanose form of a sugar.
Anomers (Section 21.5): Cyclic stereoisomers of sugarsthat differ only in their configuration at the hemiacetal(anomeric) carbon.
Anti conformation (Section 3.7): The geometric arrange-ment around a carbon–carbon single bond in which thetwo largest substituents are 180° apart as viewed in aNewman projection.
Anti periplanar (Section 10.11): Describing a stereochem-ical relationship whereby two bonds on adjacent carbonslie in the same plane at an angle of 180°.
Anti stereochemistry (Section 7.2): The opposite of syn.An anti addition reaction is one in which the two ends ofthe double bond are attacked from different sides. An antielimination reaction is one in which the two groups leavefrom opposite sides of the molecule.
Antiaromatic (Section 8.3): Describing a planar, appar-ently conjugated molecule with 4n � electrons. Delocal-ization of the � electrons leads to an increase in energy.
Antibonding MO (Section 1.11): A molecular orbital thatis higher in energy than the atomic orbitals from which itis formed.
Anticodon (Section 24.5): A sequence of three bases ontRNA that reads the codons on mRNA and brings the cor-rect amino acids into position for protein synthesis.
Antisense strand (Section 24.4): The template strand ofdouble-helical DNA that does not contain the gene.
Arene (Section 8.1): An alkyl-substituted benzene.
Aromatic (Chapter 8 Introduction): The special character-istics of cyclic conjugated molecules, including unusualstability and a tendency to undergo substitution reactionsrather than addition reactions on treatment with electro-philes. Aromatic molecules are planar, cyclic, conjugatedspecies that have 4n � 2 � electrons.
Arylamine (Section 18.1): An amino-substituted aromaticcompound, ArNH2.
Atomic mass (Section 1.1): The average mass number ofthe atoms of an element.
Atomic number, Z (Section 1.1): The number of protonsin the nucleus of an atom.
ATZ derivative (Section 19.6): An anilinothiazolinone,formed from an amino acid during Edman degradation.
Axial position (Section 4.6): A bond to chair cyclohexanethat lies along the ring axis perpendicular to the roughplane of the ring.
Backbone (Section 19.4): The continuous chain of atomsrunning the length of a protein or other polymer.
Base peak (Section 11.1): The most intense peak in a massspectrum.
Basicity constant, Kb (Section 18.3): A measure of basestrength in water. For any base B, the basicity constant is
given by the expression Kb � .
Bent bonds (Section 4.4): The bonds in small rings such ascyclopropane that bend away from the internuclear lineand overlap at a slight angle, rather than head-on. Bentbonds are highly strained and highly reactive.
Benzoyl group (Section 14.1): The C6H5CO– group.
Benzyl group (Section 8.1): The C6H5CH2– group.
Benzylic (Section 8.9): The position next to an aromatic ring.
� Anomer (Section 21.5): The cyclic hemiacetal form of asugar that has the hemiacetal –OH group on the same sideof the ring as the terminal –CH2OH.
� Diketone (Section 17.3): A 1,3-diketone.
�-Keto ester (Section 17.3): A 3-keto ester.
�-Oxidation pathway (Section 23.5): The metabolic path-way for degrading fatty acids.
�-Pleated sheet (Section 19.8): A type of secondary struc-ture of a protein.
Bimolecular reaction (Section 10.5): A reaction whoserate-limiting step occurs between two reactants.
Boat cyclohexane (Section 4.5): A conformation of cyclo-hexane that bears a slight resemblance to a boat. Boatcyclohexane has no angle strain but has a large number ofeclipsing interactions that make it less stable than chaircyclohexane.
Boc derivative (Section 19.7): A butyloxycarbonyl N-protected amino acid.
Bond angle (Section 1.6): The angle formed between twoadjacent bonds.
Bond dissociation energy, D (Section 5.8): The amount ofenergy needed to break a bond and produce two radicalfragments.
Bond length (Section 1.5): The equilibrium distancebetween the nuclei of two atoms that are bonded to eachother.
[BH�][OH�][B]
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-13
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-14 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Bond strength (Section 1.5): An alternative name for bonddissociation energy.
Bonding MO (Section 1.11): A molecular orbital that islower in energy than the atomic orbitals from which it isformed.
Branched-chain alkane (Section 3.2): An alkane that con-tains a branching connection of carbons as opposed to astraight-chain alkane.
Bridgehead atom (Section 4.9): An atom that is shared bymore than one ring in a polycyclic molecule.
Bromohydrin (Section 7.3): A 1,2-disubstituted bromo-alcohol; obtained by addition of HOBr to an alkene.
Bromonium ion (Section 7.2): A species with a divalent,positively charged bromine, R2Br�.
Brønsted–Lowry acid (Section 2.7): A substance thatdonates a hydrogen ion (proton; H�) to a base.
Brønsted–Lowry base (Section 2.7): A substance thataccepts H� from an acid.
C-terminal amino acid (Section 19.4): The amino acidwith a free –CO2H group at the end of a protein chain.
Cahn–Ingold–Prelog sequence rules (Sections 6.4, 9.5): Aseries of rules for assigning relative priorities to sub-stituent groups on a double-bond carbon atom or on a chi-rality center.
Cannizzaro reaction (Section 14.10): The disproportiona-tion reaction of an aldehyde to yield an alcohol and a car-boxylic acid on treatment with base.
Carbanion (Sections 13.3, 14.6): A carbon anion, or sub-stance that contains a trivalent, negatively charged carbonatom (R3C:�). Carbanions are sp3-hybridized and have eightelectrons in the outer shell of the negatively charged carbon.
Carbinolamine (Section 14.7): A molecule that containsthe R2C(OH)NH2 functional group. Carbinolamines areproduced as intermediates during the nucleophilic addi-tion of amines to carbonyl compounds.
Carbocation (Sections 5.5, 6.8): A carbon cation, or sub-stance that contains a trivalent, positively charged carbonatom having six electrons in its outer shell (R3C�).
Carbohydrate (Chapter 21 Introduction): A polyhydroxyaldehyde or ketone. Carbohydrates can be either simplesugars, such as glucose, or complex sugars, such as cellulose.
Carbonyl condensation reaction (Section 17.5): A reactionthat joins two carbonyl compounds together by a combina-tion of �-substitution and nucleophilic addition reactions.
Carbonyl group (Preview of Carbonyl Chemistry): TheC�O functional group.
Carboxyl group (Section 15.1): The –CO2H functionalgroup.
Carboxylation (Section 15.5): The addition of CO2 to amolecule.
Carboxylic acid (Chapter 15 Introduction): A compoundcontaining the –CO2H functional group.
Carboxylic acid derivative (Chapter 16 Introduction): Acompound in which an acyl group is bonded to an electro-negative atom or substituent that can act as a leavinggroup in a substitution reaction. Esters, amides, and acidhalides are examples.
Catabolism (Section 20.1): The group of metabolic path-ways that break down larger molecules into smaller ones.
Cation radical (Section 11.1): A species typically formedin a mass spectrometer, having both a positive charge andan odd number of electrons.
Chain-growth polymer (Sections 7.8, 16.9): A polymerwhose bonds are produced by chain reactions. Poly-ethylene and other alkene polymers are examples.
Chain reaction (Section 5.3): A reaction that, once initi-ated, sustains itself in an endlessly repeating cycle ofpropagation steps. The radical chlorination of alkanes isan example of a chain reaction that is initiated by irradia-tion with light and then continues in a series of propaga-tion steps.
Chair conformation (Section 4.5): A three-dimensionalconformation of cyclohexane that resembles the roughshape of a chair. The chair form of cyclohexane is the lowest-energy conformation of the molecule.
Chemical shift (Section 12.3): The position on the NMRchart where a nucleus absorbs. By convention, the chemi-cal shift of tetramethylsilane (TMS) is set at zero, and allother absorptions usually occur downfield (to the left onthe chart). Chemical shifts are expressed in delta units, �, where 1 � equals 1 ppm of the spectrometer operatingfrequency.
Chiral (Section 9.2): Having handedness. Chiral mole-cules are those that do not have a plane of symmetry andare therefore not superimposable on their mirror image. Achiral molecule thus exists in two forms, one right-handed and one left-handed. The most common cause ofchirality in a molecule is the presence of a carbon atomthat is bonded to four different substituents.
Chirality center (Section 9.2): An atom (usually carbon)that is bonded to four different groups.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-14
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-15
Chromatography (Chapter 11 Lagniappe, Section 19.5): Atechnique for separating a mixture of compounds intopure components. Different compounds adsorb to a sta-tionary support phase and are then carried along it at dif-ferent rates by a mobile phase.
Cis–trans isomers (Sections 4.2, 6.3): Stereoisomers thatdiffer in their stereochemistry about a double bond orring.
Citric acid cycle (Section 22.4): The metabolic pathwayby which acetyl CoA is degraded to CO2.
Claisen condensation reaction (Section 17.8): Thecarbonyl condensation reaction of an ester to give a �-ketoester product.
Coding strand (Section 24.4): The strand of double-helical DNA that contains the gene.
Codon (Section 24.5): A three-base sequence on a messen-ger RNA chain that encodes the genetic information nec-essary to cause a specific amino acid to be incorporatedinto a protein. Codons on mRNA are read by complemen-tary anticodons on tRNA.
Coenzyme (Section 19.9): A small organic molecule thatacts as a cofactor.
Cofactor (Section 19.9): A small nonprotein part of anenzyme that is necessary for biological activity.
Combinatorial chemistry (Chapter 8 Lagniappe): A tech-nique for preparing anywhere from a few dozen to severalhundred thousand substances simultaneously.
Complex carbohydrate (Section 21.1): A carbohydratethat is made of two or more simple sugars linked together.
Condensed structure (Sections 1.12, 3.2): A shorthandway of writing structures in which C–H and C–C bondsare understood rather than shown explicitly. Propane, forexample, has the condensed structure CH3CH2CH3.
Configuration (Section 9.5): The three-dimensionalarrangement of atoms bonded to a chirality center.
Conformation (Section 3.6): The three-dimensional shapeof a molecule at any given instant, assuming that rotationaround single bonds is frozen.
Conformational analysis (Section 4.8): A means of assess-ing the energy of a substituted cycloalkane by totaling thesteric interactions present in the molecule.
Conjugate acid (Section 2.7): The product that resultsfrom protonation of a Brønsted–Lowry base.
Conjugate addition (Section 14.11): Addition of a nucleo-phile to the � carbon atom of an �,�-unsaturated carbonylcompound.
Conjugate base (Section 2.7): The anion that results fromdeprotonation of a Brønsted–Lowry acid.
Conjugation (Section 7.10): A series of overlapping p orbitals, usually in alternating single and multiplebonds. For example, buta-1,3-diene is a conjugated diene,but-3-en-2-one is a conjugated enone, and benzene is acyclic conjugated triene.
Constitutional isomers (Sections 3.2, 9.9): Isomers that havetheir atoms connected in a different order. For example,butane and 2-methylpropane are constitutional isomers.
Coupled reactions (Section 20.1): Two reactions thatshare a common intermediate so that the energy releasedin the favorable step allows the unfavorable step to occur.
Coupling constant, J (Section 12.11): The magnitude(expressed in hertz) of the interaction between nucleiwhose spins are coupled.
Covalent bond (Section 1.4): A bond formed by sharingelectrons between atoms.
Cyanohydrin (Section 15.7): A compound with an –OHgroup and a –CN group bonded to the same carbon atom;formed by addition of HCN to an aldehyde or ketone.
Cycloalkane (Section 4.1): An alkane that contains a ringof carbons.
D Sugar (Section 21.3): A sugar whose hydroxyl group atthe chirality center farthest from the carbonyl grouppoints to the right when drawn in Fischer projection.
d,l form (Section 9.8): The racemic form of a chiral compound.
Deactivating group (Section 8.8): An electron-withdrawingsubstituent that decreases the reactivity of an aromatic ringtoward electrophilic aromatic substitution.
Deamination (Section 20.2): The removal of an aminogroup from a molecule, as occurs with amino acids duringmetabolic degradation.
Decarboxylation (Section 17.4): The loss of carbon diox-ide from a molecule. �-Keto acids decarboxylate readilyon heating.
Degree of unsaturation (Section 6.1): The number of ringsand/or multiple bonds in a molecule.
Dehydration (Sections 7.1, 13.4): The loss of water froman alcohol to yield an alkene.
Dehydrohalogenation (Sections 7.1, 10.10): The loss ofHX from an alkyl halide. Alkyl halides undergo dehydro-halogenation to yield alkenes on treatment with strongbase.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-15
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-16 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Delocalization (Section 7.10): A spreading out of electrondensity over a conjugated � electron system. For exam-ple, allylic cations and allylic anions are delocalizedbecause their charges are spread out over the entire � electron system.
Delta scale (Section 12.3): An arbitrary scale used to cali-brate NMR charts. One delta unit (�) is equal to 1 part permillion (ppm) of the spectrometer operating frequency.
Denatured (Section 19.8): The physical changes thatoccur in a protein when secondary and tertiary structuresare disrupted.
Deoxy sugar (Section 21.7): A sugar with one of its –OHgroups replaced by an –H.
Deoxyribonucleic acid, DNA (Section 24.1): The biopolymerconsisting of deoxyribonucleotide units linked togetherthrough phosphate–sugar bonds. Found in the nucleus ofcells, DNA contains an organism’s genetic information.
DEPT-NMR (Section 12.6): An NMR method for distin-guishing among signals due to CH3, CH2, CH, and quater-nary carbons. That is, the number of hydrogens attachedto each carbon can be determined.
Deshielding (Section 12.2): An effect observed in NMRthat causes a nucleus to absorb downfield (to the left) oftetramethylsilane (TMS) standard. Deshielding is causedby a withdrawal of electron density from the nucleus.
Deuterium isotope effect (Section 10.11): A tool used inmechanistic investigations to establish whether a C–Hbond is broken in the rate-limiting step of a reaction.
Dextrorotatory (Section 9.3): A word used to describe anoptically active substance that rotates the plane of polar-ization of plane-polarized light in a right-handed (clock-wise) direction.
Diastereomers (Section 9.6): Non–mirror-image stereo-isomers; diastereomers have the same configuration at oneor more chirality centers but differ at other chirality centers.
Diastereotopic (Section 12.8): Two hydrogens in a mole-cule whose replacement by some other group leads to dif-ferent diastereomers.
1,3-Diaxial interaction (Section 4.7): The strain energycaused by a steric interaction between axial groups threecarbon atoms apart in chair cyclohexane.
Dideoxy method (Section 24.6): A biochemical methodfor sequencing DNA strands.
Dieckmann cyclization reaction (Section 17.9): Anintramolecular Claisen condensation reaction to give acyclic �-keto ester.
Digestion (Section 20.1): The first stage of catabolism, inwhich food is broken down by hydrolysis of ester, glyco-side (acetal), and peptide (amide) bonds to yield fattyacids, simple sugars, and amino acids.
Dihedral angle (Section 3.6): The angle between C–Hbonds on front and back carbons as viewed end-on.
Dipole moment, � (Section 2.2): A measure of the netpolarity of a molecule. A dipole moment arises when thecenters of mass of positive and negative charges within amolecule do not coincide.
Disaccharide (Section 21.8): A carbohydrate formed bylinking two simple sugars through an acetal bond.
Disulfide (Section 13.6): A compound of the generalstructure RSSR�.
DNA (See Deoxyribonucleic acid; Section 24.1)
Double helix (Section 24.2): The structure of DNA inwhich two polynucleotide strands coil around each other.
Doublet (Section 12.11): A two-line NMR absorptioncaused by spin–spin splitting when the spin of thenucleus under observation couples with the spin of aneighboring magnetic nucleus.
Downfield (Section 12.3): Referring to the left-hand por-tion of the NMR chart.
E geometry (Section 6.4): A term used to describe the stereo-chemistry of a carbon–carbon double bond. The two groupson each carbon are assigned priorities according to theCahn–Ingold–Prelog sequence rules, and the two carbons arecompared. If the high-priority groups on each carbon are onopposite sides of the double bond, the bond has E geometry.
E1 reaction (Section 10.12): A unimolecular eliminationreaction in which the C–X bond breaks before the C–Hbond, giving a carbocation intermediate.
E1cB reaction (Section 10.12): A unimolecular elimina-tion reaction in which the C–H bond breaks before theC–X bond, giving a carbanion intermediate.
E2 reaction (Section 10.11): A bimolecular eliminationreaction in which C–H and C–X bond cleavage aresimultaneous.
Eclipsed conformation (Section 3.6): The geometricarrangement around a carbon–carbon single bond inwhich the bonds to substituents on one carbon are paral-lel to the bonds to substituents on the neighboring carbonas viewed in a Newman projection.
Edman degradation (Section 19.6): A method for N-terminalsequencing of peptide chains.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-16
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-17
Eicosanoid (Section 23.7): A class of compounds consist-ing of prostaglandins, thromboxanes, and leukotrienes,which are derived biologically from arachidonic acid.
Electromagnetic spectrum (Section 11.5): The range ofelectromagnetic energy, including infrared, ultraviolet,and visible radiation.
Electron configuration (Section 1.3): A list of the orbitalsoccupied by electrons in an atom.
Electron-dot structure (Section 1.4): A representation of amolecule showing valence electrons as dots.
Electron-transport chain (Section 20.1): The final stage ofcatabolism in which ATP is produced.
Electronegativity, EN (Section 2.1): The ability of an atomto attract electrons in a covalent bond. Electronegativityincreases across the periodic table from right to left andfrom bottom to top.
Electrophile (Section 5.4): An “electron-lover,” or sub-stance that accepts an electron pair from a nucleophile ina polar bond-forming reaction.
Electrophilic addition reaction (Section 6.6): The additionof an electrophile to an alkene to yield a saturated product.
Electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction (Section 8.6):A reaction in which an electrophile (E�) reacts with an aromatic ring and substitutes for one of the ringhydrogens.
Electrophoresis (Sections 19.2, 24.6): A technique usedfor separating charged organic molecules, particularlyproteins and DNA fragments. The mixture to be separatedis placed on a buffered gel or paper, and an electric poten-tial is applied across the ends of the apparatus. Negativelycharged molecules migrate toward the positive electrode,and positively charged molecules migrate toward the neg-ative electrode.
Electrostatic potential map (Section 2.1): A molecularrepresentation that uses color to indicate the charge dis-tribution in the molecule as derived from quantum-mechanical calculations.
Elimination reaction (Section 5.1): What occurs when asingle reactant splits into two products.
Elution (Chapter 11 Lagniappe): The removal of a sub-stance from a chromatography column.
Embden–Meyerhof pathway (Section 22.2): An alterna-tive name for glycolysis.
Enamine (Section 14.7): A compound with theR2NXCRUCR2 functional group.
Enantiomers (Section 9.1): Stereoisomers of a chiral sub-stance that have a mirror-image relationship. Enantiomershave opposite configurations at all chirality centers.
Enantioselective synthesis (Chapter 14 Lagniappe, Sec-tion 19.3): A method of synthesis from an achiral precur-sor that yields only a single enantiomer of a chiralproduct.
Enantiotopic (Section 12.8): Two hydrogens in a moleculewhose replacement by some other group leads to differentenantiomers.
3� End (Section 24.1): The end of a nucleic acid chain witha free hydroxyl group at C3�.
5� End (Section 24.1): The end of a nucleic acid chain witha free hydroxyl group at C5�.
Endergonic (Section 5.7): A reaction that has a positivefree-energy change and is therefore nonspontaneous. In areaction energy diagram, the product of an endergonicreaction has a higher energy level than the reactants.
Endothermic (Section 5.7): A reaction that absorbs heatand therefore has a positive enthalpy change.
Enol (Section 17.1): A vinylic alcohol that is in equilib-rium with a carbonyl compound.
Enolate ion (Section 17.1): The anion of an enol,CUCXO�.
Enthalpy change, �H (Section 5.7): The heat of reaction.The enthalpy change that occurs during a reaction is ameasure of the difference in total bond energy betweenreactants and products.
Entropy change, �S (Section 5.7): The change in amountof molecular disorder. The entropy change that occursduring a reaction is a measure of the difference in disorderbetween reactants and products.
Enzyme (Sections 5.11, 19.9): A biological catalyst.Enzymes are large proteins that catalyze specific bio-chemical reactions.
Epimers (Section 9.6): Diastereomers that differ in config-uration at only one chirality center but are the same at allothers.
Epoxide (Section 7.6): A three-membered-ring ether func-tional group.
Equatorial position (Section 4.6): A bond to cyclohexanethat lies along the rough equator of the ring.
ESI (Section 11.4): Electrospray ionization, a “soft” ion-ization method used for mass spectrometry of biologicalsamples of very high molecular weight.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-17
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-18 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Essential amino acid (Section 20.5): One of nine aminoacids that are biosynthesized only in plants and micro-organisms and must be obtained by humans in the diet.
Essential oil (Chapter 6 Lagniappe): The volatile oilobtained by steam distillation of a plant extract.
Ester (Chapter 16 Introduction): A compound containingthe –CO2R functional group.
Estrogen (Section 23.9): A female steroid sex hormone.
Ether (Chapter 13 Introduction): A compound that hastwo organic substituents bonded to the same oxygenatom, ROR�.
Exergonic (Section 5.7): A reaction that has a negativefree-energy change and is therefore spontaneous. On areaction energy diagram, the product of an exergonic reac-tion has a lower energy level than that of the reactants.
Exon (Section 24.4): A section of DNA that containsgenetic information.
Exothermic (Section 5.7): A reaction that releases heatand therefore has a negative enthalpy change.
Fat (Section 23.1): A solid triacylglycerol derived from ananimal source.
Fatty acid (Section 23.1): A long, straight-chain car-boxylic acid found in fats and oils.
Fatty acid–derived substance (Section 25.1): A naturalproduct biosynthesized from a fatty acid. Eicosanoids areexamples.*
Fibrous protein (Section 19.8): A protein that consists ofpolypeptide chains arranged side by side in long threads.Such proteins are tough, insoluble in water, and used innature for structural materials such as hair, hooves, andfingernails.
Fingerprint region (Section 11.7): The complex region ofthe infrared spectrum from 1500 to 400 cm�1.
First-order reaction (Section 10.7): A reaction whose rate-limiting step is unimolecular and whose kinetics there-fore depend on the concentration of only one reactant.
Fischer esterification reaction (Section 16.3): The acid-catalyzed reaction of an alcohol with a carboxylic acid toyield an ester.
Fischer projection (Section 21.2): A means of depictingthe absolute configuration of a chiral molecule on a flatpage. A Fischer projection uses a cross to represent thechirality center. The horizontal arms of the cross repre-
sent bonds coming out of the plane of the page, and thevertical arms of the cross represent bonds going back intothe plane of the page.
Fmoc derivative (Section 19.7): A fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl N-protected amino acid.
Formal charge (Section 2.3): The difference in the num-ber of electrons owned by an atom in a molecule and bythe same atom in its elemental state.
Formyl group (Section 14.1): A –CHO group.
Frequency, � (Section 11.5): The number of electro-magnetic wave cycles that travel past a fixed point in agiven unit of time. Frequencies are expressed in units ofcycles per second, or hertz.
Friedel–Crafts reaction (Section 8.7): An electrophilicaromatic substitution reaction to alkylate or acylate anaromatic ring.
FT-NMR (Section 12.4): Fourier-transform NMR; a rapidtechnique for recording NMR spectra in which all mag-netic nuclei absorb at the same time.
Functional group (Section 3.1): An atom or group ofatoms that is part of a larger molecule and that has a char-acteristic chemical reactivity.
Furanose (Section 21.5): The five-membered-ring form ofa simple sugar.
Gauche conformation (Section 3.7): The conformation ofbutane in which the two methyl groups lie 60° apart asviewed in a Newman projection. This conformation has3.8 kJ/mol steric strain.
Geminal (Section 14.5): Referring to two groups attachedto the same carbon atom. For example, a 1,1-diol is a gem-inal diol.
Gibbs free-energy change, �G (Section 5.7): The free-energy change that occurs during a reaction, given by theequation �G � �H � T�S. A reaction with a negative free-energy change is spontaneous, and a reaction with a posi-tive free-energy change is nonspontaneous.
Globular protein (Section 19.8): A protein that is coiledinto a compact, nearly spherical shape. These proteins,which are generally water-soluble and mobile within thecell, are the structural class to which enzymes belong.
Glucogenic amino acid (Section 20.4): An amino acid thatis metabolized either to pyruvate or to an intermediate ofthe citric acid cycle.
*Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file at http://www.thomsonedu.com
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-18
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-19
Gluconeogenesis (Section 22.5): The anabolic pathway bywhich organisms make glucose from simple three-carbonprecursors.
Glycal (Section 21.9): An unsaturated sugar with a C1–C2double bond.
Glycal assembly method (Section 21.9): A method for link-ing monosaccharides together to synthesis polysaccharides.
Glycerophospholipid (Section 23.3): A lipid that containsa glycerol backbone linked to two fatty acids and a phos-phoric acid.
Glycoconjugate (Section 21.6): A molecule in which acarbohydrate is linked through its anomeric center toanother biological molecule such as a lipid or protein.
Glycol (Section 7.7): A diol, such as ethylene glycol,HOCH2CH2OH.
Glycolysis (Section 22.2): A series of ten enzyme-catalyzed reactions that break down glucose into 2 equiv-alents of pyruvate, CH3COCO2
�.
Glycoside (Section 21.6): A cyclic acetal formed by reac-tion of a sugar with another alcohol.
Green chemistry (Chapter 18 Lagniappe): The design andimplementation of chemical products and processes thatreduce waste and attempt to eliminate the generation ofhazardous substances.
Grignard reagent (Section 10.3): An organomagnesiumhalide, RMgX.
Ground state (Section 1.3): The most stable, lowest-energy electron configuration of a molecule or atom.
Halogenation (Sections 7.2, 8.6): The reaction of halogenwith an alkene to yield a 1,2-dihalide addition product or with an aromatic compound to yield a substitutionproduct.
Halohydrin (Section 7.3): A 1,2-disubstituted haloalcohol,such as that obtained on addition of HOBr to an alkene.
Hammond postulate (Section 6.9): A postulate statingthat we can get a picture of what a given transition statelooks like by looking at the structure of the nearest stablespecies. Exergonic reactions have transition states thatresemble reactant; endergonic reactions have transitionstates that resemble product.
Heat of hydrogenation (Section 6.5): The amount of heat released when a carbon–carbon double bond ishydrogenated.
Heat of reaction (Section 5.7): An alternative name for theenthalpy change in a reaction, �H.
Hemiacetal (Section 14.8): A functional group consistingof one –OR and one –OH group bonded to the samecarbon.
Hemithioacetal (Section 22.2): The sulfur analog of anacetal, resulting from nucleophilic addition of a thiol to aketone or aldehyde.
Henderson–Hasselbalch equation (Sections 15.3, 18.5):An equation for determining the extent of deprotonationof a weak acid at various pH values.
Hertz, Hz (Section 11.5): A measure of electromagneticfrequency, the number of waves that pass by a fixed pointper second.
Heterocycle (Sections 8.4, 18.8): A cyclic molecule whosering contains more than one kind of atom. For example,pyridine is a heterocycle that contains five carbon atomsand one nitrogen atom in its ring.
High-energy compound (Section 5.8): A term used in bio-chemistry to describe substances such as ATP thatundergo highly exothermic reactions.
Hofmann elimination reaction (Section 18.7): The elimi-nation reaction of an amine to yield an alkene by reactionwith iodomethane, followed by heating with Ag2O.
HOMO (Section 11.9): The highest occupied molecularorbital.
Homotopic (Section 12.8): Hydrogens that give the identi-cal structure on replacement by X and thus show identicalNMR absorptions.
Hormone (Section 23.9): A chemical messenger that issecreted by an endocrine gland and carried through thebloodstream to a target tissue.
HPLC (Chapter 11 Lagniappe): High-pressure liquid chro-matography; a variant of column chromatography usinghigh pressure to force solvent through very smallabsorbent particles.
Hückel’s rule (Section 8.3): A rule stating that monocyclicconjugated molecules having 4n � 2 � electrons (n � aninteger) are aromatic.
Hund’s rule (Section 1.3): If two or more empty orbitals ofequal energy are available, one electron occupies each,with their spins parallel, until all are half-full.
Hybrid orbital (Section 1.6): An orbital derived from a combination of atomic orbitals. Hybrid orbitals, such as the sp3, sp2, and sp hybrids of carbon, are stronglydirected and form stronger bonds than atomic orbitals do.
Hydration (Section 7.4): Addition of water to a molecule,such as occurs when alkenes are treated with aqueous sul-furic acid to give alcohols.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-19
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-20 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Hydride shift (Section 6.10): The shift of a hydrogen atomand its electron pair to a nearby cationic center.
Hydroboration (Section 7.4): Addition of borane (BH3) oran alkylborane to an alkene. The resultant trialkylboraneproducts can be oxidized to yield alcohols.
Hydrocarbon (Section 3.2): A compound that containsonly carbon and hydrogen.
Hydrogen bond (Sections 2.12, 13.2): A weak attractionbetween a hydrogen atom bonded to an electronegativeatom and an electron lone pair on another electro-negative atom.
Hydrogenation (Section 7.5): Addition of hydrogen to adouble or triple bond to yield a saturated product.
Hydrogenolysis (Section 19.7): Cleavage of a bond byreaction with hydrogen. Benzylic ethers and esters, forinstance, are cleaved by hydrogenolysis.
Hydrophilic (Sections 2.12, 23.2): Water-loving; attractedto water.
Hydrophobic (Sections 2.12, 23.2): Water-fearing; notattracted to water.
Hydroquinone (Section 13.5): A 1,4-dihydroxybenzene.
Hydroxylation (Section 7.7): Addition of two –OH groupsto a double bond.
Hyperconjugation (Section 6.5): An interaction thatresults from overlap of a vacant p orbital on one atom witha neighboring C–H � bond. Hyperconjugation is impor-tant in stabilizing carbocations and in stabilizing substi-tuted alkenes.
Imine (Section 14.7): A compound with the R2CUNRfunctional group; also called a Schiff base.
Inductive effect (Sections 2.1, 6.8, 8.8): The electron-attracting or electron-withdrawing effect transmittedthrough � bonds. Electronegative elements have an electron-withdrawing inductive effect.
Infrared (IR) spectroscopy (Section 11.6): A kind of opti-cal spectroscopy that uses infrared energy. IR spec-troscopy is particularly useful in organic chemistry fordetermining the kinds of functional groups present inmolecules.
Initiator (Section 5.3): A substance with an easily brokenbond that is used to initiate a radical chain reaction. Forexample, radical chlorination of alkanes is initiatedwhen light energy breaks the weak Cl–Cl bond to form Cl·radicals.
Integration (Section 12.10): A technique for measuringthe area under an NMR peak to determine the relative
number of each kind of proton in a molecule. Integratedpeak areas are superimposed over the spectrum as a “stair-step” line, with the height of each step proportional to thearea underneath the peak.
Intermediate (Section 5.10): A species that is formed dur-ing the course of a multistep reaction but is not the finalproduct. Intermediates are more stable than transitionstates but may or may not be stable enough to isolate.
Intramolecular, intermolecular (Section 17.7): A reac-tion that occurs within the same molecule is intramolec-ular; a reaction that occurs between two molecules isintermolecular.
Intron (Section 24.4): A section of DNA that does not con-tain genetic information.
Ion pair (Section 10.7): A loose complex between twoions in solution. Ion pairs are implicated as intermediatesin SN1 reactions to account for the partial retention ofstereochemistry that is often observed.
Isoelectric point, pI (Section 19.2): The pH at which thenumber of positive charges and the number of negativecharges on a protein or an amino acid are equal.
Isomers (Section 3.2): Compounds that have the samemolecular formula but different structures.
Isoprene rule (Chapter 6 Lagniappe): An observation tothe effect that terpenoids appear to be made up of isoprene(2-methylbuta-1,3-diene) units connected head-to-tail.
Isotopes (Section 1.1): Atoms of the same element thathave different mass numbers.
IUPAC system of nomenclature (Section 3.4): Rules fornaming compounds, devised by the International Unionof Pure and Applied Chemistry.
Kekulé structure (Section 1.4): A method of representingmolecules in which a line between atoms indicates a bond.
Keto–enol tautomerism (Section 17.1): The rapid equili-bration between a carbonyl form and vinylic alcohol formof a molecule.
Ketogenic amino acid (Section 20.4): An amino acid thatis metabolized into an intermediate that can enter fatty-acid biosynthesis.
Ketone (Chapter 14 Introduction): A compound with twoorganic substituents bonded to a carbonyl group, R2CUO.
Ketone body (Section 20.4): One of the substances aceto-acetate, �-hydroxybutyrate, or acetone resulting fromamino acid catabolism.
Ketose (Section 21.1): A carbohydrate with a ketone func-tional group.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-20
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-21
Kinetics (Section 10.5): Referring to reaction rates.Kinetic measurements are useful for helping to determinereaction mechanisms.
Krebs cycle (Section 22.4): An alternative name for thecitric acid cycle, by which acetyl CoA is degraded to CO2.
Lagniappe: A word in the Creole dialect of southernLouisiana meaning an extra benefit or a little somethingextra. See the Lagniappes at the end of each chapter.
L Sugar (Section 21.3): A sugar whose hydroxyl group atthe chirality center farthest from the carbonyl grouppoints to the left when drawn in Fischer projection.
Lactam (Section 16.7): A cyclic amide.
Lactone (Section 16.6): A cyclic ester.
LD50 (Chapter 1 Lagniappe): The amount of a substanceper kilogram body weight that is lethal to 50% of test animals.
Leaving group (Section 10.5): The group that is replacedin a substitution reaction.
Levorotatory (Section 9.3): An optically active substancethat rotates the plane of polarization of plane-polarizedlight in a left-handed (counterclockwise) direction.
Lewis acid (Section 2.11): A substance with a vacant low-energy orbital that can accept an electron pair from a base.All electrophiles are Lewis acids.
Lewis base (Section 2.11): A substance that donates an elec-tron lone pair to an acid. All nucleophiles are Lewis bases.
Lewis structure (Section 1.4): A representation of a mole-cule showing valence electrons as dots.
Lindlar catalyst (Section 7.12): A hydrogenation catalystused to convert alkynes to cis alkenes.
Line-bond structure (Section 1.4): A representation of amolecule showing covalent bonds as lines between atoms.
134 Link (Section 21.8): An acetal link between the C1–OH group of one sugar and the C4 –OH group of anothersugar.
Lipid (Chapter 23 Introduction): A naturally occurring sub-stance isolated from cells and tissues by extraction with anonpolar solvent. Lipids belong to many different struc-tural classes, including fats, terpenes, prostaglandins, andsteroids.
Lipid bilayer (Section 23.3): The ordered lipid structurethat forms a cell membrane.
Lipoprotein (Chapter 23 Lagniappe): A complex moleculewith both lipid and protein parts that transports lipidsthrough the body.
Lone-pair electrons (Section 1.4): Nonbonding valence-shell electron pairs. Lone-pair electrons are used bynucleophiles in their reactions with electrophiles.
LUMO (Section 11.9): The lowest unoccupied molecularorbital.
Magnetic resonance imaging, MRI (Chapter 12 Lagniappe):A medical diagnostic technique based on nuclear magneticresonance.
Major groove (Section 24.2): The larger of two grooves inthe DNA double helix.
MALDI (Section 11.4): Matrix-assisted laser desorptionionization, a “soft” ionization method used for mass spec-trometry of biological samples of very high molecularweight.
Malonic ester synthesis (Section 17.4): The synthesis of acarboxylic acid by alkylation of an alkyl halide, followedby hydrolysis and decarboxylation.
Markovnikov’s rule (Section 6.7): A guide for determin-ing the regiochemistry (orientation) of electrophilic addi-tion reactions. In the addition of HX to an alkene, thehydrogen atom bonds to the alkene carbon that has feweralkyl substituents.
Mass number, A (Section 1.1): The total of protons plusneutrons in an atom.
Mass spectrometry (Section 11.1): A technique for mea-suring the mass, and therefore the molecular weight(MW), of ions.
McLafferty rearrangement (Section 11.3): A mass-spectral fragmentation pathway for carbonyl compounds.
Mechanism (Section 5.2): A complete description of howa reaction occurs. A mechanism must account for all start-ing materials and all products and must describe thedetails of each individual step in the overall reactionprocess.
Mercapto group (Section 13.1): An alternative name forthe thiol group, –SH.
Meso compound (Section 9.7): A compound that containschirality centers but is nevertheless achiral because itcontains a symmetry plane.
Messenger RNA (Section 24.2): A kind of RNA formed bytranscription of DNA and used to carry genetic messagesfrom DNA to ribosomes.
Meta, m- (Section 8.1): A naming prefix used for 1,3-disubstituted benzenes.
Metabolism (Section 20.1): A collective name for the manyreactions that go on in the cells of living organisms.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-21
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-22 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Methylene group (Section 6.2): A –CH2– or �CH2 group.
Micelle (Section 23.2): A spherical cluster of soaplikemolecules that aggregate in aqueous solution. The ionicheads of the molecules lie on the outside, where they aresolvated by water, and the organic tails bunch together onthe inside of the micelle.
Michael reaction (Section 17.10): The conjugate additionreaction of an enolate ion to an unsaturated carbonyl compound.
Minor groove (Section 24.2): The smaller of two groovesin the DNA double helix.
Molar absorptivity (Section 11.9): A quantitative measureof the amount of UV light absorbed by a sample.
Molecular ion (Section 11.1): The cation produced in themass spectrometer by loss of an electron from the parentmolecule. The mass of the molecular ion corresponds tothe molecular weight of the sample.
Molecular mechanics (Chapter 4 Lagniappe): A computer-based method for calculating the minimum-energy confor-mation of a molecule.
Molecular orbital (MO) theory (Section 1.11): A descrip-tion of covalent bond formation as resulting from a math-ematical combination of atomic orbitals (wave functions)to form molecular orbitals.
Molecule (Section 1.4): A neutral collection of atoms heldtogether by covalent bonds.
Monomer (Section 7.8): The simple starting unit fromwhich a polymer is made.
Monosaccharide (Section 21.1): A simple sugar.
Monoterpene (Chapter 6 Lagniappe): A ten-carbon lipid.
Multiplet (Section 12.11): A pattern of peaks in an NMRspectrum that arises by spin–spin splitting of a singleabsorption because of coupling between neighboringmagnetic nuclei.
Mutarotation (Section 21.5): The change in optical rota-tion observed when a pure anomer of a sugar is dissolvedin water. Mutarotation is caused by the reversible openingand closing of the acetal linkage, which yields an equilib-rium mixture of anomers.
n � 1 rule (Section 12.11): A hydrogen with n otherhydrogens on neighboring carbons shows n � 1 peaks inits 1H NMR spectrum.
N-terminal amino acid (Section 19.4): The amino acidwith a free –NH2 group at the end of a protein chain.
Natural gas (Chapter 3 Lagniappe): A naturally occurringhydrocarbon mixture consisting chiefly of methane, alongwith smaller amounts of ethane, propane, and butane.
Natural product (Chapter 5 Lagniappe; Chapter 25): Acatchall term generally taken to mean a small moleculefound in bacteria, plants, or other living organisms.*
Neopentyl group (Section 10.6): The 2,2-dimethylpropylgroup, (CH3)3CCH2–.
Neuraminidase (Chapter 22 Lagniappe): An enzyme pres-ent on the surface of viral particles that cleaves the bondholding the newly formed viral particles to host cells.
New molecular entity, NME (Chapter 5 Lagniappe): A new biologically active chemical substance approved forsale as a drug by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.
Newman projection (Section 3.6): A means of indicatingstereochemical relationships between substituent groupson neighboring carbons. The carbon–carbon bond isviewed end-on, and the carbons are indicated by a circle.Bonds radiating from the center of the circle are attachedto the front carbon, and bonds radiating from the edge ofthe circle are attached to the rear carbon.
Nitration (Section 8.6): The substitution of a nitro grouponto an aromatic ring.
Nitrile (Section 15.1): A compound containing the C�Nfunctional group.
Nitrogen rule (Section 18.10): A compound with an oddnumber of nitrogen atoms has an odd-numbered molecu-lar weight.
Node (Section 1.2): A surface of zero electron densitywithin an orbital. For example, a p orbital has a nodalplane passing through the center of the nucleus, perpen-dicular to the axis of the orbital.
Nonbonding electrons (Section 1.4): Valence electronsthat are not used in forming covalent bonds.
Noncovalent interaction (Section 2.12): One of a varietyof nonbonding interactions between molecules, such asdipole–dipole forces, dispersion forces, and hydrogenbonds.
Nonessential amino acid (Section 20.5): One of the elevenamino acids that are biosynthesized by humans.
Nonribosomal polypeptide (Section 25.1): A peptidelikecompound biosynthesized from an amino acid withoutdirect RNA transcription. The penicillins are examples.*
Normal alkane (Section 3.2): A straight-chain alkane, asopposed to a branched alkane. Normal alkanes aredenoted by the suffix n, as in n-C4H10 (n-butane).
*Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file at http://www.thomsonedu.com
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-22
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-23
Nuclear magnetic resonance, NMR (Chapter 12 Intro-duction): A spectroscopic technique that provides infor-mation about the carbon–hydrogen framework of amolecule. NMR works by detecting the energy absorp-tion accompanying the transition between nuclear spinstates that occurs when a molecule is placed in a strongmagnetic field and irradiated with radiofrequencywaves.
Nucleophile (Section 5.4): A “nucleus-lover,” or speciesthat donates an electron pair to an electrophile in a polarbond-forming reaction. Nucleophiles are also Lewisbases.
Nucleophilic acyl substitution reaction (Section 16.2): Areaction in which a nucleophile attacks a carbonyl com-pound and substitutes for a leaving group bonded to thecarbonyl carbon.
Nucleophilic addition reaction (Section 14.4): A reactionin which a nucleophile adds to the electrophilic carbonylgroup of a ketone or aldehyde to give an alcohol.
Nucleophilic substitution reaction (Section 10.4): A reac-tion in which one nucleophile replaces another attachedto a saturated carbon atom.
Nucleoside (Section 24.1): A nucleic acid constituent,consisting of a sugar residue bonded to a heterocyclicpurine or pyrimidine base.
Nucleotide (Section 24.1): A nucleic acid constituent,consisting of a sugar residue bonded both to a hetero-cyclic purine or pyrimidine base and to a phosphoricacid. Nucleotides are the monomer units from whichDNA and RNA are constructed.
Nylon (Section 16.9): A synthetic polyamide step-growthpolymer.
Olefin (Chapter 6 Introduction): An alternative name foran alkene.
Optical isomers (Section 9.4): An alternative name forenantiomers. Optical isomers are isomers that have a mirror-image relationship.
Optically active (Section 9.3): A substance that rotates theplane of polarization of plane-polarized light.
Orbital (Section 1.2): A wave function, which describesthe volume of space around a nucleus in which an elec-tron is most likely to be found.
Organic chemistry (Chapter 1 Introduction): The study ofcarbon compounds.
Organophosphate (Section 1.10): A compound that con-tains a phosphorus atom bonded to four oxygens, withone of the oxygens also bonded to carbon.
Ortho, o- (Section 8.1): A naming prefix used for 1,2-disub-stituted benzenes.
Oxidation (Section 7.6): A reaction that causes a decreasein electron ownership by carbon, either by bond forma-tion between carbon and a more electronegative atom(usually oxygen, nitrogen, or a halogen) or by bond break-ing between carbon and a less electronegative atom (usu-ally hydrogen).
Oxidative deamination (Section 20.2): The conversion ofa primary amine into a ketone by oxidation to an iminefollowed by hydrolysis.
Oxidative decarboxylation (Section 22.3): A decarboxy-lation reaction, usually of an �-keto acid, that is accom-panied by a change in oxidation state of the carbonylcarbon from that of a ketone to that of a carboxylic acid orester.
Oxirane (Section 7.6): An alternative name for an epoxide.
Oxymercuration (Section 7.4): A method for double-bondhydration using aqueous mercuric acetate as the reagent.
Para, p- (Section 8.1): A naming prefix used for 1,4-disub-stituted benzenes.
Paraffin (Section 3.5): A common name for alkanes.
Parent peak (Section 11.1): The peak in a mass spectrumcorresponding to the molecular ion. The mass of the par-ent peak therefore represents the molecular weight of thecompound.
Pauli exclusion principle (Section 1.3): No more than twoelectrons can occupy the same orbital, and those two musthave spins of opposite sign.
Peptide (Chapter 19 Introduction): A short amino acidpolymer in which the individual amino acid residues arelinked by amide bonds.
Peptide bond (Section 19.4): An amide bond in a peptidechain.
Periplanar (Section 10.11): A conformation in whichbonds to neighboring atoms have a parallel arrangement.In an eclipsed conformation, the neighboring bonds aresyn periplanar; in a staggered conformation, the bonds are anti periplanar.
Peroxyacid (Section 7.6): A compound with the –CO3Hfunctional group.
Petroleum (Chapter 3 Lagniappe): A complex mixture ofnaturally occurring hydrocarbons derived from thedecomposition of plant and animal matter.
Phenol (Chapter 13 Introduction): A compound with an–OH group directly bonded to an aromatic ring, ArOH.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-23
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-24 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Phenoxide ion (Section 13.2): The anion of a phenol, ArO�.
Phenyl group (Section 8.1): The name for the –C6H5 unitwhen the benzene ring is considered as a substituent. Aphenyl group is abbreviated as –Ph.
Phosphite (Section 24.7): A compound with the structureP(OR)3.
Phospholipid (Section 23.3): A lipid that contains a phos-phate residue. For example, glycerophospholipids con-tain a glycerol backbone linked to two fatty acids and aphosphoric acid.
Phosphoramidite (Section 24.7): A compound with thestructure R2NP(OR)2.
Phosphoric acid anhydride (Section 20.1): A substancethat contains PO2PO link, analogous to the CO2CO link incarboxylic acid anhydrides.
Physiological pH (Section 15.3): The pH of 7.3 that existsinside cells.
Pi (�) bond (Section 1.8): The covalent bond formed bysideways overlap of atomic orbitals. For example,carbon–carbon double bonds contain a � bond formed bysideways overlap of two p orbitals.
PITC (Section 19.6): Phenylisothiocyanate, used in theEdman degradation of proteins.
pKa (Section 2.8): The negative common logarithm of theKa; used to express acid strength.
Plane of symmetry (Section 9.2): A plane that bisects amolecule such that one half of the molecule is the mirrorimage of the other half. Molecules containing a plane ofsymmetry are achiral.
Plane-polarized light (Section 9.3): Ordinary light thathas its electromagnetic waves oscillating in a single planerather than in random planes. The plane of polarization isrotated when the light is passed through a solution of achiral substance.
Plasticizer (Section 16.6): A small organic molecule addedto polymers to act as a lubricant between polymer chains.
Polar aprotic solvent (Section 10.6): A polar solvent thatcan’t function as a hydrogen ion donor. Polar aprotic solvents such as dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) anddimethylformamide (DMF) are particularly useful in SN2reactions because of their ability to solvate cations.
Polar covalent bond (Section 2.1): A covalent bond inwhich the electron distribution between atoms is unsym-metrical.
Polar reaction (Section 5.2): A reaction in which bondsare made when a nucleophile donates two electrons to an
electrophile and in which bonds are broken when onefragment leaves with both electrons from the bond.
Polarity (Section 2.1): The unsymmetrical distribution ofelectrons in a molecule that results when one atomattracts electrons more strongly than another.
Polarizability (Section 5.4): The measure of the change ina molecule’s electron distribution in response to changingelectric interactions with solvents or ionic reagents.
Polycyclic compound (Section 4.9): A compound thatcontains more than one ring.
Polycyclic aromatic compound (Section 8.5): A com-pound with two or more benzene-like aromatic ringsfused together.
Polyketide (Section 25.1): A natural product biosynthe-sized from simple acyl precursors such as acetyl CoA,propionyl CoA, and methylmalonyl CoA by a large multi-functional enzyme complex.*
Polymer (Section 7.8): A large molecule made up of repeat-ing smaller units. For example, polyethylene is a syntheticpolymer made from repeating ethylene units, and DNA is abiopolymer made of repeating deoxyribonucleotide units.
Polymerase chain reaction, PCR (Section 24.8): A methodfor amplifying small amounts of DNA to produce largeramounts.
Polysaccharide (Section 21.9): A carbohydrate that is madeof many simple sugars linked together by acetal bonds.
Polyunsaturated fatty acid (Section 23.1): A fatty acidcontaining two or more double bonds.
Primary, secondary, tertiary, quaternary (Section 3.3):Terms used to describe the substitution pattern at a specificsite. A primary site has one organic substituent attached toit, a secondary site has two organic substituents, a tertiarysite has three, and a quaternary site has four.
Carbo-Carbon cation Hydrogen Alcohol Amine
Primary RCH3 RCH2� RCH3 RCH2OH RNH2
Secondary R2CH2 R2CH� R2CH2 R2CHOH R2NH
Tertiary R3CH R3C� R3CH R3COH R3N
Quaternary R4C
Primary structure (Section 19.8): The amino acid sequencein a protein.
pro-R configuration (Section 9.13): One of two identicalatoms in a compound, whose replacement leads to an R chirality center.
*Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file at http://www.thomsonedu.com
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-24
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-25
pro-S configuration (Section 9.13): One of two identicalatoms in a compound whose replacement leads to an S chirality center.
Prochiral (Section 9.13): A molecule that can be converted from achiral to chiral in a single chemical step.
Prochirality center (Section 9.13): An atom in a com-pound that can be converted into a chirality center bychanging one of its attached substituents.
Propagation step (Section 5.3): The step or series of stepsin a radical chain reaction that carry on the chain. Thepropagation steps must yield both product and a reactiveintermediate.
Prostaglandin (Section 23.7): A lipid derived from arachi-donic acid. Prostaglandins are present in nearly all bodytissues and fluids, where they serve many important hor-monal functions.
Protecting group (Sections 19.7, 21.9): A group that isintroduced to protect a sensitive functional group towardreaction elsewhere in the molecule. After serving its pro-tective function, the group is removed.
Protein (Chapter 19 Introduction): A large peptide con-taining 50 or more amino acid residues. Proteins serveboth as structural materials and as enzymes that controlan organism’s chemistry.
Protein Data Bank (Chapter 19 Lagniappe): A worldwideonline repository of X-ray and NMR structural data forbiological macromolecules. To access the Protein DataBank, go to http://www.rcsb.org/pdb/.
Protic solvent (Section 10.6): A solvent such as water oralcohol that can act as a proton donor.
Pyramidal inversion (Section 18.2): The rapid inversionof configuration of an amine.
Pyranose (Section 21.5): The six-membered-ring form of asimple sugar.
Quartet (Section 12.11): A set of four peaks in an NMRspectrum, caused by spin–spin splitting of a signal bythree adjacent nuclear spins.
Quaternary (see Primary)
Quaternary structure (Section 19.8): The highest level ofprotein structure, involving a specific aggregation of indi-vidual proteins into a larger cluster.
Quinone (Section 13.5): A cyclohexa-2,5-diene-1,4-dione.
R group (Section 3.3): A generalized abbreviation for anorganic partial structure.
R configuration (Section 9.5): The configuration at a chi-rality center as specified using the Cahn–Ingold–Prelogsequence rules.
Racemate (Section 9.8): A mixture consisting of equalparts (�) and (�) enantiomers of a chiral substance.
Radical (Section 5.2): A species that has an odd number ofelectrons, such as the chlorine radical, Cl·.
Radical reaction (Section 5.2): A reaction in which bondsare made by donation of one electron from each of tworeactants and in which bonds are broken when each frag-ment leaves with one electron.
Rate constant (Section 10.5): The constant k in a rateequation.
Rate equation (Section 10.5): An equation that expressesthe dependence of a reaction’s rate on the concentration ofreactants.
Rate-limiting step (Section 10.7): The slowest step in amultistep reaction sequence. The rate-limiting step acts asa kind of bottleneck in multistep reactions.
Re face (Section 9.13): One of two faces of a planar, sp2-hybridized atom.
Reaction energy diagram (Section 5.9): A representationof the course of a reaction, in which free energy is plottedas a function of reaction progress. Reactants, transitionstates, intermediates, and products are represented, andtheir appropriate energy levels are indicated.
Reaction intermediate (See Intermediate; Section 5.10)
Reaction mechanism (See Mechanism; Section 5.2)
Rearrangement reaction (Section 5.1): What occurs whena single reactant undergoes a reorganization of bonds andatoms to yield an isomeric product.
Reducing sugar (Section 21.6): A sugar that reduces silverion in the Tollens test or cupric ion in the Fehling or Bene-dict tests.
Reduction (Section 7.5): A reaction that causes an increaseof electron ownership by carbon, either by bond breakingbetween carbon and a more electronegative atom or by bondformation between carbon and a less electronegative atom.
Reductive amination (Sections 18.6, 19.3): A method forpreparing an amine by reaction of an aldehyde or ketonewith ammonia and a reducing agent.
Refining (Chapter 3 Lagniappe): The process by whichpetroleum is converted into gasoline and other usefulproducts.
Regiospecific (Section 6.7): A term describing a reactionthat occurs with a specific regiochemistry to give a singleproduct rather than a mixture of products.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-25
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-26 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Replication (Section 24.3): The process by which double-stranded DNA uncoils and is replicated to produce twonew copies.
Replication fork (Section 24.3): The point of unravelingin a DNA chain where replication occurs.
Residue (Section 19.4): An amino acid in a protein chain.
Resolution (Section 9.8): The process by which a racemicmixture is separated into its two pure enantiomers.
Resonance form (Section 2.4): An individual Lewis struc-ture of a resonance hybrid.
Resonance effect (Section 8.8): The donation or with-drawal of electrons through orbital overlap with neigh-boring � bonds. For example, an oxygen or nitrogensubstituent donates electrons to an aromatic ring by over-lap of the O or N orbital with the aromatic ring p orbitals.
Resonance hybrid (Section 2.4): A molecule, such as ben-zene, that can’t be represented adequately by a singleKekulé structure but must instead be considered as anaverage of two or more resonance structures. The reso-nance structures themselves differ only in the positions oftheir electrons, not their nuclei.
Restriction endonuclease (Section 24.6): An enzyme thatis able to cleave a DNA molecule at points in the chainwhere a specific base sequence occurs.
Retrosynthetic (Section 8.10): Planning an organic synthe-sis by working backward from product to starting material.
Ribonucleic acid, RNA (Section 24.1): The biopolymerfound in cells that serves to transcribe the genetic infor-mation found in DNA and uses that information to directthe synthesis of proteins.
Ribosomal RNA (Section 24.4): A kind of RNA used in thephysical makeup of ribosomes.
Ring-flip (Section 4.6): A molecular motion that convertsone chair conformation of cyclohexane into another chairconformation. The effect of a ring-flip is to convert anaxial substituent into an equatorial substituent.
RNA (See Ribonucleic acid; Section 24.1)
S configuration (Section 9.5): The configuration at a chi-rality center as specified using the Cahn–Ingold–Prelogsequence rules.
Saccharide (Section 21.1): A sugar.
Salt bridge (Section 19.8): The ionic attraction betweentwo oppositely charged groups in a protein chain.
Sanger dideoxy method (Section 24.6): A biochemicalmethod for sequencing DNA strands.
Saponification (Section 16.6): An old term for the base-induced hydrolysis of an ester to yield a carboxylic acid salt.
Saturated (Section 3.2): A molecule that has only singlebonds and thus can’t undergo addition reactions. Alkanesare saturated, but alkenes are unsaturated.
Sawhorse structure (Section 3.6): A manner of represent-ing stereochemistry that uses a stick drawing and gives aperspective view of the conformation around a single bond.
Schiff base (Section 22.2): An alternative name for animine, R2CUNR�, used primarily in biochemistry.
Second-order reaction (Section 10.5): A reaction whoserate-limiting step is bimolecular and whose kinetics are therefore dependent on the concentration of tworeactants.
Secondary (see Primary)
Secondary metabolite (Chapter 25 Introduction): A smallnaturally occurring molecule that is not essential to thegrowth and development of the producing organism andis not classified by structure.*
Secondary structure (Section 19.8): The level of proteinsubstructure that involves organization of chain sectionsinto ordered arrangements such as �-pleated sheets or �-helices.
Semiconservative replication (Section 24.3): The processby which DNA molecules are made containing one strandof old DNA and one strand of new DNA.
Sense strand (Section 24.4): The coding strand of double-helical DNA that contains the gene.
Sequence rules (Sections 6.4, 9.5): A series of rules forassigning relative priorities to substituent groups on adouble-bond carbon atom or on a chirality center.
Sesquiterpene (Chapter 6 Lagniappe): A 15-carbon lipid.
Sharpless epoxidation (Chapter 14 Lagniappe): A methodfor enantioselective synthesis of a chiral epoxide bytreatment of an allylic alcohol with tert-butyl hydro-peroxide, (CH3)3CXOOH, in the presence of titaniumtetraisopropoxide and diethyl tartrate.
Shell (electron) (Section 1.2): A group of an atom’s elec-trons with the same principal quantum number.
Shielding (Section 12.2): An effect observed in NMR thatcauses a nucleus to absorb toward the right (upfield) sideof the chart. Shielding is caused by donation of electrondensity to the nucleus.
*Chapter 25 is available as an Adobe Acrobat PDF file at http://www.thomsonedu.com
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-26
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-27
Si face (Section 9.13): One of two faces of a planar, sp2-hybridized atom.
Side chain (Section 19.1): The substituent attached to the� carbon of an amino acid.
Sigma (�) bond (Section 1.5): A covalent bond formed byhead-on overlap of atomic orbitals.
Silyl ether (Section 21.9): A substance with the structureR3SiXOXR. The silyl ether acts as a protecting group foralcohols.
Simple sugar (Section 21.1): A carbohydrate that cannotbe broken down into smaller sugars by hydrolysis.
Skeletal structure (Section 1.12): A shorthand way ofwriting structures in which carbon atoms are assumed tobe at each intersection of two lines (bonds) and at the endof each line.
SN1 reaction (Section 10.7): A unimolecular nucleophilicsubstitution reaction.
SN2 reaction (Section 10.5): A bimolecular nucleophilicsubstitution reaction.
Solid-phase synthesis (Section 19.7): A technique of syn-thesis whereby the starting material is covalently bound toa solid polymer bead and reactions are carried out on thebound substrate. After the desired transformations havebeen effected, the product is cleaved from the polymer.
Solvation (Section 10.6): The clustering of solvent mole-cules around a solute particle to stabilize it.
sp Hybrid orbital (Section 1.9): A hybrid orbital derivedfrom the combination of an s and a p atomic orbital. Thetwo sp orbitals that result from hybridization are orientedat an angle of 180° to each other.
sp2 Hybrid orbital (Section 1.8): A hybrid orbital derivedby combination of an s atomic orbital with two p atomicorbitals. The three sp2 hybrid orbitals that result lie in aplane at angles of 120° to each other.
sp3 Hybrid orbital (Section 1.6): A hybrid orbital derivedby combination of an s atomic orbital with three p atomicorbitals. The four sp3 hybrid orbitals that result aredirected toward the corners of a regular tetrahedron atangles of 109° to each other.
Specific rotation, [�]D (Section 9.3): The optical rotationof a chiral compound under standard conditions.
Sphingomyelin (Section 23.3): A phospholipid that hassphingosine as its backbone.
Spin–spin splitting (Section 12.11): The splitting of anNMR signal into a multiplet because of an interactionbetween nearby magnetic nuclei whose spins are cou-pled. The magnitude of spin–spin splitting is given by thecoupling constant, J.
Staggered conformation (Section 3.6): The three-dimensional arrangement of atoms around a carbon–carbonsingle bond in which the bonds on one carbon bisect thebond angles on the second carbon as viewed end-on.
Step-growth polymer (Section 16.9): A polymer in whicheach bond is formed independently of the others. Poly-esters and polyamides (nylons) are examples.
Stereochemistry (Section 3.6; Chapters 3, 4, and 9): The branch of chemistry concerned with the three-dimensional arrangement of atoms in molecules.
Stereoisomers (Section 4.2): Isomers that have their atoms connected in the same order but have differentthree-dimensional arrangements. The term stereoisomerincludes both enantiomers and diastereomers.
Steric strain (Sections 3.7, 4.7): The strain imposed on amolecule when two groups are too close together and tryto occupy the same space. Steric strain is responsible bothfor the greater stability of trans versus cis alkenes and forthe greater stability of equatorially substituted versus axi-ally substituted cyclohexanes.
Steroid (Section 23.9): A lipid whose structure is based on atetracyclic carbon skeleton with three 6-membered and one5-membered ring. Steroids occur in both plants and animalsand have a variety of important hormonal functions.
Stork enamine reaction (Section 17.11): The conjugateaddition of an enamine to an �,�-unsaturated carbonyl com-pound, followed by hydrolysis to yield a 1,5-dicarbonylproduct.
STR loci (Chapter 24 Lagniappe): Short, tandem repeatsequences of noncoding DNA that are unique to everyindividual and allow DNA fingerprinting.
Straight-chain alkane (Section 3.2): An alkane whosecarbon atoms are connected without branching.
Substitution reaction (Section 5.1): What occurs whentwo reactants exchange parts to give two new products.SN1 and SN2 reactions are examples.
Sulfide (Chapter 13 Introduction): A compound that has twoorganic substituents bonded to the same sulfur atom, RSR�.
Sulfonation (Section 8.6): The substitution of a sulfonicacid group onto an aromatic ring.
Sulfone (Section 13.10): A compound of the general struc-ture RSO2R�.
Sulfoxide (Section 13.10): A compound of the generalstructure RSOR�.
Symmetry plane (Section 9.2): A plane that bisects a mol-ecule such that one half of the molecule is the mirrorimage of the other half. Molecules containing a plane ofsymmetry are achiral.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-27
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-28 A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY
Syn periplanar (Section 10.11): Describing a stereochem-ical relationship in which two bonds on adjacent carbonslie in the same plane and are eclipsed.
Syn stereochemistry (Section 7.4): The opposite of anti. Asyn addition reaction is one in which the two ends of thedouble bond react from the same side. A syn eliminationis one in which the two groups leave from the same side ofthe molecule.
Tautomer (Section 17.1): Isomers that are rapidly interconverted.
Template strand (Section 24.4): The strand of double-helical DNA that does not contain the gene.
Terpenoid (Chapter 6 Lagniappe, Section 23.8): A lipidthat is formally derived by head-to-tail polymerization ofisoprene units.
Tertiary (see Primary)
Tertiary structure (Section 19.8): The level of proteinstructure that involves the manner in which the entireprotein chain is folded into a specific three-dimensionalarrangement.
Thioester (Chapter 16 Introduction): A compound withthe RCOSR� functional group.
Thiol (Chapter 13 Introduction): A compound containingthe –SH functional group.
TMS (Section 12.3): Tetramethylsilane, used as an NMRcalibration standard.
TOF (Section 11.4): A time-of-flight mass spectrometer.
Tollens’ reagent (Section 21.6): A solution of Ag2O inaqueous ammonia; used to oxidize aldehydes to car-boxylic acids.
Torsional strain (Section 3.6): The strain in a moleculecaused by electron repulsion between eclipsed bonds.Torsional strain is also called eclipsing strain.
Tosylate (Section 10.4): A p-toluenesulfonate ester.
Transamination (Section 20.2): The exchange of an aminogroup and a keto group between reactants.
Transimination (Section 20.2): The exchange of an aminogroup and an imine group between reactants.
Transcription (Section 24.4): The process by which thegenetic information encoded in DNA is read and used tosynthesize RNA in the nucleus of the cell. A small portionof double-stranded DNA uncoils, and complementaryribonucleotides line up in the correct sequence for RNAsynthesis.
Transfer RNA (Section 24.4): A kind of RNA that trans-ports amino acids to the ribosomes, where they are joinedtogether to make proteins.
Transition state (Section 5.9): An activated complexbetween reactants, representing the highest energy pointon a reaction curve. Transition states are unstable com-plexes that can’t be isolated.
Translation (Section 24.5): The process by which thegenetic information transcribed from DNA onto mRNA isread by tRNA and used to direct protein synthesis.
Tree diagram (Section 12.12): A diagram used in NMR tosort out the complicated splitting patterns that can arisefrom multiple couplings.
Triacylglycerol (Section 23.1): A lipid, such as that foundin animal fat and vegetable oil, that is a triester of glycerolwith long-chain fatty acids.
Tricarboxylic acid cycle (Section 22.4): An alternativename for the citric acid cycle by which acetyl CoA isdegraded to CO2.
Triplet (Section 12.11): A symmetrical three-line splittingpattern observed in the 1H NMR spectrum when a protonhas two equivalent neighbor protons.
Turnover number (Section 19.9): The number of substratemolecules acted on by an enzyme per unit time.
Twist-boat conformation (Section 4.5): A conformation ofcyclohexane that is somewhat more stable than a pureboat conformation.
Ultraviolet (UV) spectroscopy (Section 11.9): An opticalspectroscopy employing ultraviolet irradiation. UV spec-troscopy provides structural information about the extentof � electron conjugation in organic molecules.
Unimolecular reaction (Section 10.7): A reaction thatoccurs by spontaneous transformation of the startingmaterial without the intervention of other reactants. Forexample, the dissociation of a tertiary alkyl halide in theSN1 reaction is a unimolecular process.
Unsaturated (Section 6.1): A molecule that has one ormore multiple bonds.
Upfield (Section 12.3): The right-hand portion of the NMRchart.
Urea cycle (Section 20.3): The metabolic pathway for con-verting ammonia into urea.
Uronic acid (Section 21.6): The monocarboxylic acidformed by oxidizing the –CH2OH end of a sugar withoutaffecting the –CHO end.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-28
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X C: G LO S S A RY A-29
Valence bond theory (Section 1.5): A bonding theory thatdescribes a covalent bond as resulting from the overlap oftwo atomic orbitals.
Valence shell (Section 1.4): The outermost electron shellof an atom.
Van der Waals forces (Section 2.12): Intermolecularforces that are responsible for holding molecules togetherin the liquid and solid states.
Vegetable oil (Section 23.1): A liquid triacylglycerolderived from a plant source.
Vinyl group (Section 6.2): An H2CUCHX substituent.
Vinyl monomer (Section 7.8): A substituted alkenemonomer used to make chain-growth polymers.
Vinylic (Section 8.7): A term that refers to a substituent ata double-bond carbon atom. For example, chloroethyleneis a vinylic chloride.
Virion (Chapter 22 Lagniappe): A viral particle.
Vitamin (Section 19.9): A small organic molecule thatmust be obtained in the diet and is required in traceamounts for proper growth and function.
Vulcanization (Chapter 7 Lagniappe): A technique forcross-linking and hardening a diene polymer by heatingwith a few percent by weight of sulfur.
Walden inversion (Section 10.4): The inversion of configu-ration at a chirality center that accompanies an SN2 reaction.
Wave equation (Section 1.2): A mathematical expressionthat defines the behavior of an electron in an atom.
Wave function (Section 1.2): A solution to the wave equa-tion for defining the behavior of an electron in an atom.The square of the wave function defines the shape of anorbital.
Wavelength, � (Section 11.5): The length of a wave frompeak to peak. The wavelength of electromagnetic radia-
tion is inversely proportional to frequency and inverselyproportional to energy.
Wavenumber, �� (Section 11.6): The reciprocal of thewavelength in centimeters.
Wax (Section 23.1): A mixture of esters of long-chain car-boxylic acids with long-chain alcohols.
Williamson ether synthesis (Section 13.8): A method forsynthesizing ethers by SN2 reaction of an alkyl halidewith an alkoxide ion.
Wittig reaction (Section 14.9): The reaction of a phospho-rus ylide with an aldehyde or ketone to yield an alkene.
X-ray crystallography (Chapter 17 Lagniappe): A tech-nique using X rays to determine the structure of molecules.
Ylide (Sections 14.9, 22.3): A neutral species with adja-cent � and � charges, such as the phosphoranes used inWittig reactions.
Z geometry (Section 6.4): A term used to describe thestereochemistry of a carbon–carbon double bond. The twogroups on each carbon are assigned priorities according tothe Cahn–Ingold–Prelog sequence rules, and the two car-bons are compared. If the high-priority groups on eachcarbon are on the same side of the double bond, the bondhas Z geometry.
Zaitsev’s rule (Section 10.10): A rule stating that E2 elim-ination reactions normally yield the more highly substi-tuted alkene as major product.
Zwitterion (Section 19.1): A neutral dipolar molecule in which the positive and negative charges are not adjacent. For example, amino acids exist as zwitterions,H3N�XCHRXCO2
�.
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-29
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
01525_27_AppC_A11-A30 2/1/06 3:34 PM Page A-30
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-31
AppendixAnswers to In-Text Problems
D
The following answers are meant only as a quickcheck while you study. Full answers for all prob-lems are provided in the accompanying StudyGuide and Solutions Manual.
CHAPTER 11.1 (a) 1s2 2s2 2p4 (b) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3
(c) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4
1.2 (a) 2 (b) 2 (� 7) (c) 6
1.3
1.4
1.5 (a) CH2Cl2 (b) CH3SH (c) CH3NH2
1.6
1.7 C2H7 has too many hydrogens for a compoundwith 2 carbons.
1.8
CHC
H All bond angles arenear 109°.
H H
C
H H
H H
C
Cl(a)
Cl
Cl S
H
H
C
H
H H
H N H
HClCH Cl
HS H
Cl
HCH HNH H
(b)
(c)
H
H
C
H H
HH
C
C
H
Cl ClCl
1.9
1.10 The CH3 carbon is sp3; the double-bond carbonsare sp2; the C�C–C and C�C–H bond angles areapproximately 120°; other bond angles are near109°.
1.11 All carbons are sp2, and all bond angles are near120°.
1.12 All carbons except CH3 are sp2.
1.13 The CH3 carbon is sp3, the triple-bond carbons aresp; the C�C–C and H–C�C bond angles areapproximately 180°.
CHH
H
H
C C
H
C
C
C
C
C
C
H
H
H
C H
CH3C
O
O
O
O
H H
CC
H H
HC H
C
C
H
C
H
HH
H H
C
C
H
H HC
H
H
H
C
H
C
H
C
H
H
H
C
H
H
H
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-31
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-32 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
1.14
1.15
1.16 There are numerous possibilities, such as:
1.17
C
H2N
O
OH
C5H12(a)
C2H7N(b)
C3H6O H2C CHCH2OH(c)
C4H9Cl
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3
CH3CH2CHCH3
CH3CH2NH2 CH3NHCH3
CH3CH
CH3
CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl
CH3CH2CHCH3
(d)
O
Cl
H2C CHOCH3
CH3CCH3
CH3
CH3
CH3CHCH2Cl
CH3
HO
HO
OH(a)
(b)
NHCH3
O
HO
1 H
1 H
1 H
1 H
1 H
1 H
1 H
1 H
0 H
0 H
0 H
0 H
0 H
0 H
0 H2 H
2 H
2 H
2 H
2 H
2 H2 H
3 H
Adrenaline—C9H13NO3
Estrone—C18H22O2
OHC
HC
H HH(a)
(c)
(b)
(d)
H
SCH2CH2CHCOH
N
P
CH3
NH2
H3C
H3C
H3C
sp3—tetrahedral
sp3—tetrahedral
sp3—tetrahedral
sp3—tetrahedral
HHH
O
CHAPTER 22.1 (a) H (b) Br (c) Cl (d) C
2.2
2.3 H3CXOH � H3CXMgBr � H3CXLi �
H3CXF � H3CXK
2.4 The nitrogen is electron-rich, and the carbon iselectron-poor.
2.5 The two C–O dipoles cancel because of the sym-metry of the molecule:
2.6
2.7 (a) For carbon: FC � 4 � 8/2 � 0 � 0; for themiddle nitrogen: FC � 5 � 8/2 � 0 � �1; for the end nitrogen: FC � 5 � 4/2 � 4 � –1
(b) For nitrogen: FC � 5 � 8/2 � 0 � �1; for oxygen: FC � 6 � 2/2 � 6 � �1
(c) For nitrogen: FC � 5 � 8/2 � 0 � �1; for the end carbon: FC � 4 � 6/2 � 2 � �1
CH
No dipolemoment
HHHC
CHH
ClClC
C
H(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Cl ClCl
C
Cl
H ClH
H H
H H
CHO C
OH
C
NH2
H HH �+
�–
�+ �–ClH3C
�+ �–
�+ �–
NH2H3C�– �+
HH2N
SH
(a) (b) (c)
(d) (e) (f)H3C
Carbon and sulfurhave identicalelectronegativities.
MgBrH3C�– �+
FH3C
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-32
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-33
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11 Phenylalanine is stronger.
2.12 Water is a stronger acid.
2.13 Neither reaction will take place.
2.14 Reaction will take place.
2.15 Ka � 4.9 � 10�10
+ +NO3H NH3 NH4+NO3
–
Acid Base Conjugatebase
Conjugateacid
O(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
–O
– O
–O
O
CH3OP
–O
– O
O
OCH3OP
–O
–O
OCH3O
P
N
–
++O
–– O–
OON
+O
–O
N
H2C CH CH2 H2C CH CH2
CO
O
–
CO
–
CO
O–
CO
O–
O
+ +
O
H
H C
H
O
O
P
O
0
-1
2.16
2.17
H
H
HH
More basic (red)(a)
(b)
Most acidic (blue)
ImidazoleNN
H
H
HH
NN
H
H
H
HH
NN
HA
+
H
H
H
HH
NN +
H
H
HH
NN B
H
HH
N
H
HH
N–
N
–N
CH3CH2OH + H Cl
(a)
(b)
H
CH3CH2OH + Cl–
HN(CH3)2 HN(CH3)2+ H Cl
H+
+
+ Cl–
P(CH3)3 P(CH3)3+ H Cl H+
–
+ Cl–
HO +CH3 CH3+�
HO
HO B(CH3)3 B(CH3)3+�
HO
–HO MgBr2 MgBr2+
�HO
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-33
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-34 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
2.18 Vitamin C is water-soluble (hydrophilic); vitamin Ais fat-soluble (hydrophilic).
CHAPTER 33.1 (a) Sulfide, carboxylic acid, amine
(b) Aromatic ring, carboxylic acid
(c) Ether, alcohol, aromatic ring, amide, C�Cbond
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5 Part (a) has nine possible answers.
3.6 (a) Two (b) Four (c) Four
CH3CH2CH2COCH3
CH3CH2SSCH2CH3 CH3SSCH2CH2CH3 CH3SSCHCH3
O(a)
(b)
CH3CH2COCH2CH3
O
CH3COCHCH3
O CH3
CH3
CH3CHCH2CH2CH3
CH3
CH3CCH2CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3CHCHCH3
CH3
CH3CH2CHCH2CH3
CH3
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3
CO
CH3H3C
O
Amine
Ester
N
Double bond
C8H13NO2
CH3OH
CH3COH
(a)
CH3NH2(d)
(b) (c)
(f)
CH3 O
CH3CCH2NH2
(e) O
3.7
3.8
3.9 Primary carbons have primary hydrogens, sec-ondary carbons have secondary hydrogens, andtertiary carbons have tertiary hydrogens.
3.10
3.11 (a) Pentane, 2-methylbutane, 2,2-dimethylpropane
(b) 3,4-Dimethylhexane
(c) 2,4-Dimethylpentane
(d) 2,2,5-Trimethylheptane
3.12
CH3
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CHCHCH2CH3
CH3(a)
CH3CCH2CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3CHCHCH3
CH3(a)
CH3CH2CHCH2CH3
CH3CHCH3(b)
(c)
CH3CHCH2 C
CH3
CH3
CH3
CH3
p
p p
p p
p
p
pt s s p p
pqp
t
t
s s
t s
CH3CHCH2CH2CH3
CH3(a)
CH3CH2CHCH2CH3
CH3CHCH3(b)
(c)
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2
CH3
CH3
CH3CHCH2CH2
CH3
CH3
CH3CH2C
CH3
CH3
CH3CCH2
CH3
CH3
CH3CHCH
CH3CH2CH2CH
CH3
CH3CH2CHCH2
CH2CH3
CH3CH2CH
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-34
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-35
3.13 Pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 2-methyl-butyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl
3.14
3.15
3.16
0° 60° 120° 180° 240° 300° 360°
16 kJ/mol
6.0 kJ/mol4.0 kJ/mol
H H
CH3(b)CH3
CH3 CH3
H
HHH
HH
En
erg
y
(a)
(c), (d)
0° 60° 120° 180°
Angle of rotation
240° 300° 360°
14 kJ/mol
H HH
H3CH
H
H3C
H HH
HH
H HH
H3CH
H
H3C
H HH
HH
H HH
H3CH
H H HH
H3CH
H
H3C
H HH
HH
En
erg
y
3,3,4,5-Tetramethylheptane
CH3CH2CH2C
CH3 CH2CH3
CH3
CHCH2CH3
CH3CH2CH2CH2CHCH2C(CH3)3
CH2CH2CH3
(b)
CH3CHCH2CCH3
CH3
CH3
CH3(d)
(c)
3.17
3.18
CHAPTER 44.1 (a) 1,4-Dimethylcyclohexane
(b) 1-Methyl-3-propylcyclopentane
(c) 3-Cyclobutylpentane
(d) 1-Bromo-4-ethylcyclodecane
(e) 1-Isopropyl-2-methylcyclohexane
(f) 4-Bromo-1-tert-butyl-2-methylcycloheptane
4.2
4.3 3-Ethyl-1,1-dimethylcyclopentane
4.4 (a) trans-1-Chloro-4-methylcyclohexane
(b) cis-1-Ethyl-3-methylcycloheptane
4.5 (b)(a)
(c)
Br
HH3C
H
CH2CH3
CH3
H
H
CH3
H
C(CH3)3H
CH3
CH3
CH3
Cl
Cl
(b)
BrBr
(a)
(c) (d)
CH33.8 kJ/mol
3.8 kJ/mol
3.8 kJ/mol Total: 11.4 kJ/molCH3CH3
CH3
H
H
CH3
CH3CH3
H3C
H
H
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-35
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-36 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
4.6 The two hydroxyl groups are cis. The two sidechains are trans.
4.7 (a) cis-1,2-Dimethylcyclopentane
(b) cis-1-Bromo-3-methylcyclobutane
4.8 Six interactions; 21% of strain
4.9 The cis isomer is less stable because the methylgroups eclipse each other.
4.10 Ten eclipsing interactions; 40 kJ/mol; 35% isrelieved.
4.11 Conformation (a) is more stable because themethyl groups are farther apart.
4.12
4.13
4.14 Before ring-flip, red and blue are equatorial andgreen is axial. After ring-flip, red and blue areaxial and green is equatorial.
4.15 4.2 kJ/mol
4.16 Cyano group points straight up.
4.17 (a) 2.0 kJ/mol (b) 11.4 kJ/mol
(c) 2.0 kJ/mol (d) 8.0 kJ/mol
4.18
4.19 trans-Decalin is more stable because it has no 1,3-diaxial interactions.
CHAPTER 55.1 (a) Substitution (b) Elimination (c) Addition
5.2 1-Chloro-2-methylpentane, 2-chloro-2-methyl-pentane, 3-chloro-2-methylpentane, 2-chloro-4-methylpentane, 1-chloro-4-methylpentane
a
a
eCH3 Less stable chair form
CH3
Cl
a
a
e
e
CH3
CH3
CH3
H3C
OHa e
OH
5.3
5.4 (a) Carbon is electrophilic.
(b) Sulfur is nucleophilic.
(c) Nitrogens are nucleophilic.
(d) Oxygen is nucleophilic; carbon is electrophilic.
5.5
5.6 Cyclohexanol (hydroxycyclohexane)
5.7
5.8
5.9
CH
C
CO2–
CO2–
CO2–CH2
–O2C–O2C
CH2CO2–H2O+
H H
C
H
C
H
H
O+
H
H
O
NH3+ClCl(a)
(c)
ClNH3+ + Cl–
+ Cl–
CH3O + BrH3C(b) CH3OCH3 + Br–
�
�O O
H3C OCH3C
H3CCl
CH3C
CH3H3C
CH3
C+
Electrophilic;vacant p orbital
F F
F
B
H
O
OCO2H
H
CO2H
H
H
O
O
H
H
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-36
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-37
5.10 Negative �G° is more favored.
5.11 Larger Keq is more exergonic.
5.12 Lower �G‡ is faster.
5.13
CHAPTER 66.1 (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 3 (d) 5 (e) 5 (f) 3
6.2 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 2
6.3 C16H13ClN2O
6.4 (a) 3,4,4-Trimethylpent-1-ene
(b) 3-Methylhex-3-ene
(c) 4,7-Dimethylocta-2,5-diene
(d) 6-Ethyl-7-methylnon-4-ene
(e) 1,2-Dimethylcyclohexene
(f) 4,4-Dimethylcycloheptene
(g) 3-Isopropylcyclopentene
6.5
H2C CHCH2CH2C CH2
(a)
(b)
(c)
CH3CH2CH2CH
CH3CH CHCH3
CH3CH CHCH3
CC(CH3)3
CH2CH3
CH3
CH3CH CHCH CHC C CH2
CH3
CH3
CH3
(d)
C C
CH3
CH3CH3
CH3
Intermediate
Product
Reactant�G�
�G‡
Reaction progress
En
erg
y
6.6 (a) 2,5-Dimethylhex-3-yne
(b) 3,3-Dimethylbut-1-yne
(c) 3,3-Dimethyloct-4-yne
(d) 2,5,5-Trimethylhept-3-yne
(e) 6-Isopropylcyclodecyne
6.7
6.8 Compounds (c), (e), and (f) have cis–trans isomers.
6.9 (a) cis-4,5-Dimethylhex-2-ene
(b) trans-6-Methylhept-3-ene
6.10 (a) –Br (b) –Br (c) –CH2CH3
(d) –OH (e) –CH2OH (f) –CH�O
6.11 (a) –Cl, –OH, –CH3, –H
(b) –CH2OH, –CH�CH2, –CH2CH3, –CH3
(c) –CO2H, –CH2OH, –C�N, –CH2NH2
(d) –CH2OCH3, –C�N, –C�CH, –CH2CH3
6.12 (a) Z (b) E (c) Z (d) E
6.13
6.14 (a) 2-Methylpropene is more stable than but-1-ene.
(b) trans-Hex-2-ene is more stable than cis-hex-2-ene.
(c) 1-Methylcyclohexene is more stable than 3-methylcyclohexene.
6.15 (a) Chlorocyclohexane
(b) 2-Bromo-2-methylpentane
(c) 2-Hydroxy-4-methylpentane
(d) 1-Bromo-1-methylcyclohexane
6.16 (a) Cyclopentene
(b) 1-Ethylcyclohexene or ethylidenecyclohexane
(c) Hex-3-ene (d) Cyclohexylethylene
6.17CH2CH3CH3CH2CCH2CHCH3
CH3(a) (b) +
+
CH3
CO2CH3
CH2OHZ
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-37
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-38 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
6.18 In the conformation shown, only the methyl-group C–H that is parallel to the carbocation p orbital can show hyperconjugation.
6.19 The second step is exergonic; the transition stateresembles the carbocation.
6.20
CHAPTER 77.1 2-Methylbut-2-ene and 2-methylbut-1-ene
7.2 Five
7.3 trans-1,2-Dichloro-1,2-dimethylcyclohexane
7.4
7.5 Markovnikov orientation
7.6 (a) Oxymercuration: 2-methylpentan-2-ol; hydroboration: 2-methylpentan-3-ol
(b) Oxymercuration: 1-ethylcyclohexanol; hydroboration: 1-cyclohexylethanol
7.7 (a) From 3-methylbut-1-ene by hydroboration
(b) From 2-methylbut-2-ene by hydroboration orfrom 3-methylbut-1-ene by oxymercuration
(c) From methylenecyclohexane by hydroboration
7.8 CH3
H3C
H
OH
H
H
and
CH3
H3C
HOH
H
H
CH3Cl
CH3H
ClCH3
CH3
and
H
CCH2
HH
H Br
HH
+
Br
Br H H
+
�
7.9 (a) 2-Methylpentane
(b) 1,1-Dimethylcyclopentane
7.10
7.11 (a) 1-Methylcyclohexene
(b) 2-Methylpent-2-ene (c) Buta-1,3-diene
7.12 (a) H2CUCHOCH3 (b) ClCHUCHCl
7.13
7.14 1,2-Addition: 4-chloropent-2-ene, 3-chloropent-1-ene
1,4-Addition: 4-chloropent-2-ene, 1-chloropent-1-ene
7.15 1,2-Addition: 6-bromo-1,6-dimethylcyclohexene
1,4-Addition: 3-bromo-1,2-dimethylcyclohexene
7.16 (a) 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloropentane
(b) 1-Bromo-1-cyclopentylethylene
(c) 2-Bromohept-2-ene and 3-bromohept-2-ene
CHAPTER 88.1 (a) Meta (b) Para (c) Ortho
8.2 (a) m-Bromochlorobenzene
(b) (3-Methylbutyl)benzene
(c) p-Bromoaniline
(d) 2,5-Dichlorotoluene
(e) 1-Ethyl-2,4-dinitrobenzene
(f) 1,2,3,5-Tetramethylbenzene
8.3
NH2H3C
CH3
Br
Cl(a)
Br
CH3
ClH3C
(b)
(c) (d)
CH2CH2 +
CH2CH3
CH CH2
+ CH CH2
H
H3C CH3
O
H HC C cis-2,3-Epoxybutane
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-38
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-39
8.4 Pyridine has an aromatic sextet of electrons.
8.5 Cyclodecapentaene is not flat because of stericinteractions.
8.6 The thiazolium ring has six � electrons.
8.7
8.8 The three nitrogens in double bonds each con-tribute one; the remaining nitrogen contributestwo.
8.9 o-, m-, and p-Bromotoluene
8.10 o-Xylene: 2; m-xylene: 3; p-xylene: 1
8.11 D� does electrophilic substitutions on the ring.
8.12 No rearrangement: (a), (b), (e)
8.13 tert-Butylbenzene
8.14 (a) (CH3)2CHCOCl (b) PhCOCl
8.15 (a) Phenol Toluene Benzene Nitrobenzene
(b) Phenol Benzene Chlorobenzene
Benzoic acid
(c) Aniline Benzene Bromobenzene
Benzaldehyde
8.16 (a) Methyl m-nitrobenzoate
(b) m-Bromonitrobenzene
(c) o- and p-Chlorophenol
(d) o- and p-Bromoaniline
NR+
S
RR
H
N
H H
H H
H Pyridine
8.17
8.18 (a) m-Chlorobenzonitrile
(b) o- and p-Bromochlorobenzene
8.19 (a) m-Nitrobenzoic acid
(b) p-tert-Butylbenzoic acid
8.20 1. PhCOCl, AlCl3; 2. H2/Pd
8.21 (a) 1. HNO3, H2SO4; 2. Cl2, FeCl3
(b) 1. CH3COCl, AlCl3; 2. Cl2, FeCl3; 3. H2, Pd
(c) 1. CH3CH2COCl, AlCl3; 2. H2, Pd; 3. Cl2, FeCl3
(d) 1. CH3Cl, AlCl3; 2. SO3, H2SO4; 3. Br2, FeBr3
NO2
H
Cl+
NO2
Ortho intermediate:
H
Cl
+
NO2
H
Cl+
NO2
H
Cl
+
NO2
H
+
NO2
Para intermediate:
H
Cl
+
Cl
ClCl
NO2
H
+
NO2
H
+
NO2
H
+
NO2
Meta intermediate:
HCl
+
Cl
Cl
NO2
H
+
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-39
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-40 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
8.22 (a) The Friedel–Crafts reaction in step 1 will nottake place on a cyano-substituted benzene.
(b) The Friedel–Crafts reaction will occur with acarbocation rearrangement, and the wrongisomer will be obtained on chlorination.
CHAPTER 99.1 Chiral: screw, beanstalk, shoe
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5 Levorotatory
9.6 �16.1
9.7 (a) –OH, –CH2CH2OH, –CH2CH3, –H
(b) –OH, –CO2CH3, –CO2H, –CH2OH
(c) –NH2, –CN, –CH2NHCH3, –CH2NH2
(d) –SSCH3, –SH, –CH2SCH3, –CH3
9.8 (a) S (b) R (c) S
9.9 (a) S (b) S (c) R
9.10
C
H
HO CH2CH2CH3H3C
CC
CC
OHO
HO H
* **
H OHHH
H(a) (b)
CC
OC
HH
F F
ClF
F F
C andH CH3
CO2H
H2N
CH3C H
CO2H
NH2
(a) (b)
(c)
N
*
*
**
* **
H
CH2CH2CH3 CH3
CH3O
HO
H
HH
N CH3H
9.11 S
9.12 (a) R,R (b) S,R (c) R,S (d) S,S
Compounds (a) and (d) are enantiomers and arediastereomeric with (b) and (c).
9.13 S,S
9.14 Five chirality centers; 32 stereoisomers
9.15 Compounds (a) and (d) are meso.
9.16 Compounds (a) and (c) have meso forms.
9.17
9.18 The product retains its S stereochemistry.
9.19 Two diastereomeric salts are formed: (R)-lacticacid plus (S)-1-phenylethylamine and (S)-lacticacid plus (S)-1-phenylethylamine.
9.20 (a) Constitutional isomers (b) Diastereomers
9.21 An optically inactive, non-50�50 mixture of tworacemic pairs: (2R,4R) � (2S,4S) and (2R,4S) �
(2S,4R)
9.22 Non-50�50 mixture of two racemic pairs:(1S,3R) � (1R,3S) and (1S,3S) � (1R,3R)
9.23
9.24
9.25 (S)-Lactate
OH3C
CH2OHC
Re face(a)
Si face
CH3C
H
HCH2OH
C
Re face
Si face
(b)
CHOHO
HH(a) pro-S pro-R
HHO
CO2–
H3C
HH
HH3N
(b) pro-R pro-S
+
H3C
OH
CH3
Meso
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-40
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-41
9.26 The –OH adds to the Re face of C2, and –H adds tothe Re face of C3. The overall addition has antistereochemistry.
CHAPTER 1010.1 (a) 1-Iodobutane (b) 1-Chloro-3-methylbutane
(c) 1,5-Dibromo-2,2-dimethylpentane
(d) 1,3-Dichloro-3-methylbutane
(e) 1-Chloro-3-ethyl-4-iodopentane
(f) 2-Bromo-5-chlorohexane
10.2 (a) CH3CH2CH2C(CH3)2CH(Cl)CH3
(b) CH3CH2CH2C(Cl)2CH(CH3)2
(c) CH3CH2C(Br)(CH2CH3)2
10.3 (a) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol � HCl
(b) 4-Methylpentan-2-ol � PBr3
(c) 5-Methylpentan-1-ol � PBr3
(d) 2,4-Dimethylhexan-2-ol � HCl
10.4 Both reactions occur.
10.5 React Grignard reagent with D2O.
10.6 (R)-1-Methylpentyl acetate,CH3CO2CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3
10.7 (S)-Butan-2-ol
CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CHCH2CHCH3
CH3CHCH2CH3
Cl
Br
Br(d)
(e)
(f)
Br
Br
10.8
10.9 (a) 1-Iodobutane (b) Butan-1-ol
(c) Butylammonium bromide
10.10 (a) (CH3)2N� (b) (CH3)3N (c) H2S
10.11 CH3OTos CH3Cl (CH3)2CHCl CH3NH2
10.12 Similar rate to protic solvents because the transi-tion state is not stabilized
10.13 Racemic 1-ethyl-1-methylhexyl acetate
10.14 Racemic 2-phenylbutan-2-ol
10.15 H2CUCHCH(Br)CH3 �
(CH3)3CBr CH3CH(Br)CH3 H2CUCHBr
10.16 The same allylic carbocation intermediate isformed in both reactions.
10.17 (a) SN1 (b) SN2
10.18
10.19 (a) Major: 2-methylpent-2-ene; minor: 4-methylpent-2-ene
(b) Major: 2,3,5-trimethylhex-2-ene; minor: 2,3,5-trimethylhex-3-ene and 2-isopropyl-4-methylpent-1-ene
(c) Major: ethylidenecyclohexane; minor: cyclohexylethylene
10.20 (a) 1-Bromo-3,6-dimethylheptane
(b) 4-Bromo-1,2-dimethylcyclopentane
10.21 (Z)-1-Bromo-1,2-diphenylethylene
OPP PPi
H Base
Linalyl diphosphate
Limonene
+
+
(R) CH3CHCH2CHCH3
SCH3
(S)-2-Bromo-4-methylpentane
CH3
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-41
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-42 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
10.22 (Z)-3-Methylpent-2-ene
10.23 The cis isomer reacts faster because the bromineis axial.
10.24 (a) SN2 (b) E2 (c) SN1 (d) E1cB
CHAPTER 1111.1 C19H28O2
11.2 (a) 2-Methylpent-2-ene (b) Hex-2-ene
11.3 (a) 43, 71 (b) 82 (c) 58 (d) 86
11.4 102 (M�), 84 (dehydration), 87 (alpha cleavage),59 (alpha cleavage)
11.5 X-ray energy is higher. � � 9.0 � 10�6 m is higher in energy.
11.6 (a) 2.4 � 106 kJ/mol (b) 4.0 � 104 kJ/mol
(c) 2.4 � 103 kJ/mol (d) 2.8 � 102 kJ/mol
(e) 6.0 kJ/mol (f) 4.0 � 10�2 kJ/mol
11.7 (a) Ketone or aldehyde (b) Nitro compound
(c) Carboxylic acid
11.8 (a) CH3CH2OH has an –OH absorption.
(b) Hex-1-ene has a double-bond absorption.
(c) CH3CH2CO2H has a very broad –OH absorption.
11.9 (a) 1715 cm�1 (b) 1730, 2100, 3300 cm�1
(c) 1720, 2500–3100 cm�1, 3400–3650 cm�1
11.10 1690, 1650, 2230 cm�1
11.11 300–600 kJ/mol; UV energy is greater than IR energy.
11.12 1.46 � 10�5 M
11.13 All except (a) have UV absorptions.
CHAPTER 1212.1 7.5 � 10�5 kJ/mol for 19F;
8.0 � 10�5 kJ/mol for 1H
(CH3)3C
Br
H
12.2 The vinylic C–H protons are nonequivalent.
12.3 (a) 7.27 � (b) 3.05 � (c) 3.46 � (d) 5.30 �
12.4 (a) 420 Hz (b) 2.1 � (c) 1050 Hz
12.5 (a) 4 (b) 7 (c) 4 (d) 5 (e) 5 (f) 7
12.6 (a) 1,3-Dimethylcyclopentene
(b) 2-Methylpentane
(c) 1-Chloro-2-methylpropane
12.7 –CH3, 9.3 �; –CH2–, 27.6 �, C�O, 174.6 �, –OCH3, 51.4 �
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11 A DEPT-90 spectrum would show two absorp-tions for the non-Markovnikov product(RCHUCHBr) but no absorptions for theMarkovnikov product (RBrCUCH2).
12.12 (a) Enantiotopic (b) Diastereotopic
(c) Diastereotopic (d) Diastereotopic
(e) Diastereotopic (f) Homotopic
12.13 (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 4 (e) 5 (f) 3
12.14 4
C CH3
CH3
CH3
CH2
C
O
O
CH2 CH3
DEPT-135 (+)DEPT-135 (–)
H3CDEPT-135 (+)
H3CDEPT-135 (+) H DEPT-90, DEPT-135 (+)
C
C
OH23, 26 �
132 �124 �
39 �24 �
68 �18 �
C
Hb
c
a
H Cl
C
CH3
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-42
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-43
12.15 (a) 1.43 � (b) 2.17 � (c) 7.37 �
(d) 5.30 � (e) 9.70 � (f) 2.12 �
12.16 Seven kinds of protons
12.17 Two peaks; 3�2 ratio
12.18 (a) –CHBr2, quartet; –CH3, doublet
(b) CH3O–, singlet; –OCH2–, triplet; –CH2Br, triplet
(c) ClCH2–, triplet; –CH2–, quintet
(d) CH3–, triplet; –CH2–, quartet; –CH–, septet; (CH3)2, doublet
(e) CH3–, triplet; –CH2–, quartet; –CH–, septet; (CH3)2, doublet
(f) �CH, triplet, –CH2–, doublet; aromatic C–H, two multiplets
12.19 (a) CH3OCH3 (b) CH3CH(Cl)CH3
(c) ClCH2CH2OCH2CH2Cl
(d) CH3CH2CO2CH3 or CH3CO2CH2CH3
12.20 CH3CH2OCH2CH3
12.21 J1–2 � 16 Hz; J2–3 � 8 Hz
12.22 1-Chloro-1-methylcyclohexane has a singletmethyl absorption; 1-chloro-2-methylcyclohexanehas a doublet.
CHAPTER 1313.1 (a) 5-Methylhexane-2,4-diol
(b) 2-Methyl-4-phenylbutan-2-ol
(c) 4,4-Dimethylcyclohexanol
(d) trans-2-Bromocyclopentanol
(e) 2-Methylheptane-4-thiol
(f) Cyclopent-2-ene-1-thiol
CH2Br
J1–2 = 16 Hz
J2–3 = 8 Hz
C
H
H2
3
1
C
13.2
13.3 (a) p-Methylphenol � Phenol �
p-(Trifluoromethyl)phenol
(b) Benzyl alcohol � Phenol �
p-Hydroxybenzoic acid
13.4 The electron-withdrawing nitro group stabilizesan alkoxide ion, but the electron-donatingmethoxyl group destabilizes the anion.
13.5 Thiophenol is more acidic because the anion isresonance-stabilized.
13.6 (a) Benzaldehyde or benzoic acid (or ester)
(b) Acetophenone
(c) Cyclohexanone
(d) 2-Methylpropanal or 2-methylpropanoic acid(or ester)
13.7 (a) 1-Methylcyclopentanol
(b) 3-Methylhexan-3-ol
13.8 (a) Acetone � CH3MgBr, or ethyl acetate� 2 CH3MgBr
(b) Cyclohexanone � CH3MgBr
(c) Butan-2-one � PhMgBr, or ethyl phenylketone � CH3MgBr, or acetophenone� CH3CH2MgBr
(e) Formaldehyde � PhMgBr
13.9 Cyclohexanone � CH3CH2MgBr
13.10 (a) 2-Methylpent-2-ene
(b) 3-Methylcyclohexene
(c) 1-Methylcyclohexene
OHCH3CH
CH2CH3
C
CH2OH(a)
(c)
(e)
(b)
(d)
(f)
CH3CHCH2CH2CH2SH
SHH
H OHCl
CH3
OH
H3C
OH
CH2CH2OH
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-43
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-44 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
13.11 (a) 1-Phenylethanol (b) 2-Methylpropan-1-ol
(c) Cyclopentanol
13.12 (a) Hexanoic acid, hexanal (b) Hexan-2-one
(c) Hexanoic acid, no reaction
13.13 1. LiAlH4; 2. PBr3; 3. (H2N)2CUS; 4. H2O, NaOH
13.14 (a) Diisopropyl ether
(b) Cyclopentyl propyl ether
(c) p-Bromoanisole or 4-bromo-1-methoxybenzene
(d) 1-Methoxycyclohexene
(e) Benzyl methyl sulfide
(f) Allyl methyl sulfide
13.15 A mixture of diethyl ether, dipropyl ether, andethyl propyl ether is formed in a 1�1�2 ratio.
13.16 (a) CH3CH2CH2O� � CH3Br
(b) PhO� � CH3Br
(c) (CH3)2CHO� � PhCH2Br
(d) (CH3)3CCH2O� � CH3CH2Br
13.17 (a) Bromoethane 2-Bromopropane
Bromobenzene
(b) Bromoethane Chloroethane
1-Iodopropene
13.18
13.19 Protonation of the oxygen atom, followed by E1 reaction
PREVIEW OF CARBONYL CHEMISTRY1. Acetyl chloride is more electrophilic than acetone.
2.
3. (a) Nucleophilic acyl substitution
(b) Nucleophilic addition
(c) Carbonyl condensation
H3C CH3
O
C C
O–
H3C CNH3C
C
OH
H3C CNH3C
–CN H3O+
CH3CH2CH2Br+CH3CH2CHOH
CH3(b)
CH3OH+
(a)
Br
CHAPTER 1414.1 (a) 2-Methylpentan-3-one
(b) 3-Phenylpropanal
(c) Octane-2,6-dione
(d) trans-2-Methylcyclohexanecarbaldehyde
(e) Hex-4-enal
(f) cis-2,5-Dimethylcyclohexanone
14.2
14.3 (a) 1. CH3COCl, AlCl3; 2. Br2, FeBr3
(b) 1. Mg; 2. CH3CHO, then H3O�; 3. PCC
(c) 1. BH3, then H2O2, NaOH; 2. PCC
14.4
14.5 The electron-withdrawing nitro group in p-nitrobenzaldehyde polarizes the carbonylgroup.
14.6 CCl3CH(OH)2
14.7 Labeled water adds reversibly to the carbonylgroup.
14.8
14.9 The steps are the exact reverse of the forwardreaction.
14.10
N(CH2CH3)2(CH3CH2)2NH+O
NCH2CH3
and
N(CH2CH3)2
OH
CN
CH3CHCH2CHO
CH3(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(e) (f)
CH3CHCH2CCH3
Cl O
H2C CCH2CHO
CH3
CH3CH2CHCH2CH2CHCHO
CH3 CH3CHCl
CH2CHO HCHO
H(CH3)3C
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-44
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-45
14.11 The mechanism is identical to that between aketone and 2 equivalents of a monoalcohol (seeFigure 14.10, p. 573).
14.12
14.13 (a) Cyclohexanone � CH3CHUP(Ph)3
(b) Cyclohexanecarbaldehyde � H2CUP(Ph)3
(c) Acetone � CH3CH2CH2CHUP(Ph)3
(d) Acetone � PhCHUP(Ph)3
(e) Acetophenone � PhCHUP(Ph)3
(f) Cyclohex-2-enone � H2CUP(Ph)3
14.14
14.15 Addition of the pro-R hydrogen of NADH takesplace on the Re face of pyruvate.
14.16 The –OH group adds to the Re face at C2, and –H adds to the Re face at C3, to yield (2R,3S)-isocitrate.
14.17
14.18 Look for the presence or absence of a saturatedketone absorption in the product.
14.19 (a) 1715 cm�1 (b) 1685 cm�1
(c) 1750 cm�1 (d) 1705 cm�1
(e) 1715 cm�1 (f) 1705 cm�1
14.20 (a) Different peaks due to McLafferty rearrangement
(b) Different peaks due to � cleavage and McLafferty rearrangement
(c) Different peaks due to McLafferty rearrangement
14.21 IR: 1750 cm�1; MS: 140, 84
CNO
2
CHOCH3O2C
CH3OH
CH3
+
CHAPTER 1515.1 (a) 3-Methylbutanoic acid
(b) 4-Bromopentanoic acid
(c) 2-Ethylpentanoic acid
(d) cis-Hex-4-enoic acid
(e) 2,4-Dimethylpentanenitrile
(f) cis-Cyclopentane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid
15.2
15.3 Dissolve the mixture in ether, extract with aque-ous NaOH, separate and acidify the aqueous layer,and extract with ether.
15.4 43%
15.5 (a) 82% dissociation (b) 73% dissociation
15.6 Lactic acid is stronger because of the inductiveeffect of the –OH group.
15.7 The dianion is destabilized by repulsion betweencharges.
15.8 More reactive
15.9 (a) 1. Mg; 2. CO2, then H3O�
(b) 1. Mg; 2. CO2, then H3O� or 1. NaCN; 2. H3O� with heat
15.10 1. NaCN; 2. H3O�; 3. LiAlH4 or Grignard carboxylation, then LiAlH4
15.11 1. H3O� with heat; 2. LiAlH4
15.12 A carboxylic acid has a very broad –OH absorp-tion at 2500–3300 cm�1.
15.13 4-Hydroxycyclohexanone: H–C–O absorption near4 � in 1H spectrum and C�O absorption near 210 � in 13C spectrum. Cyclopentanecarboxylicacid: –CO2H absorption near 12 � in 1H spectrumand –CO2H absorption near 170 � in 13C spectrum.
CO2H
(c)
(e)
CO2H
H
H
CO2H
(d) CO2H
OH
CH3CH2CH2CHCHCO2H
CH3(a) H3C
CH3CH2CH CHCN(f)
CH3CHCH2CH2CO2H
CH3(b)
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-45
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-46 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
CHAPTER 1616.1 (a) 4-Methylpentanoyl chloride
(b) Cyclohexylacetamide
(c) Isopropyl 2-methylpropanoate
(d) Benzoic anhydride
(e) Isopropyl cyclopentanecarboxylate
(f) Cyclopentyl 2-methylpropanoate
(g) N-Methylpent-4-enamide
(h) (R)-2-Hydroxypropanoyl phosphate
(i) Ethyl 2,3-Dimethylbut-2-enethioate
16.2
16.3
16.4 The electron-withdrawing trifluoromethyl grouppolarizes the carbonyl carbon.
COCH3OCH3
O Cl
CCl
O
COCH3
O
�
�
(h)COBr
CH3
H
H
(d)
CO2CH3
CH3
C6H5CO2C6H5(a)
(g)
CH3CH2CH2CON(CH3)CH2CH3(b)
(CH3)2CHCH2CH(CH3)COCl(c)
(e) (f)O
CH3CH2CCH2COCH2CH3
O
CSCH3
Br
O
O
OH CH2CH3C C
O
16.5 (a) CH3CO2� Na� (b) CH3CONH2
(c) CH3CO2CH3 � CH3CO2� Na�
(d) CH3CONHCH3
16.6
16.7 (a) Acetic acid � butan-1-ol
(b) Butanoic acid � methanol
16.8
16.9 (a) Propanoyl chloride � methanol
(b) Acetyl chloride � ethanol
(c) Benzoyl chloride � ethanol
16.10 Benzoyl chloride � cyclohexanol
16.11 This is a typical nucleophilic acyl substitutionreaction, with morpholine as the nucleophile andchloride as the leaving group.
16.12 (a) Propanoyl chloride � methylamine
(b) Benzoyl chloride � diethylamine
(c) Propanoyl chloride � ammonia
16.13 This is a typical nucleophilic acyl substitutionreaction, with p-hydroxyaniline as the nucleo-phile and acetate ion as the leaving group.
16.14 Monomethyl ester of benzene-1,2-dicarboxylicacid
16.15 Reaction of a carboxylic acid with an alkoxide iongives the carboxylate ion.
16.16 HOCH2CH2CH2CHO
16.17 (a) CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2OH
(b) PhOH � PhCH2OH
16.18 (a) H2O, NaOH (b) Product of (a), then LiAlH4
(c) LiAlH4
O
O
OCH3
–OCH3+
OH–
O
OH
O
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-46
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-47
16.19 1. Mg; 2. CO2, then H3O�; 3. SOCl2; 4. (CH3)2NH; 5. LiAlH4
16.20
16.21
16.22
16.23 (a) Ester (b) Acid chloride (c) Carboxylic acid
(d) Aliphatic ketone or cyclohexanone
n
O O
NH CNH C
OCH2CH2CH2OCH2CH2CH2
O
(a)
O
OCH2CH2OC(CH2)6Cn
n
n
O O
NH(CH2)6NHC(CH2)4C
(b)
(c)
H3C O
O
CO Adenosine
RS HBase
O
P
O–
H3C S
O
C R
H3C OS
R
CO Adenosine
O
P
O–
–O+
O Adenosine
Acetyl CoA
O
P
O–
�O
16.24 (a) CH3CH2CH2CO2CH2CH3 and other possibilities
(b) CH3CON(CH3)2
(c) CH3CHUCHCOCl or H2CUC(CH3)COCl
CHAPTER 1717.1
17.2
17.3 (a) CH3CH2CHO (b) (CH3)3CCOCH3
(c) CH3CO2H (d) PhCONH2
(e) CH3CH2CH2CN (f) CH3CON(CH3)2
17.4 � CH2C N H2C �NC
O
O
O
O
OH
Equivalent;more stable
OH
O
O
OH
OH
Equivalent;less stable
(b)(a)
H2C CSCH3
OH
CH3CH COH
OH
PhCH CCH3 or
OH
PhCH2C CH2
OH
(c) (d)
(e)
H2C COCH2CH3
OH CH3CH CHOH
OH
(f)
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-47
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-48 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
17.5 (a) 1. Na� �OEt; 2. PhCH2Br; 3. H3O�
(b) 1. Na� �OEt; 2. CH3CH2CH2Br; 3. Na� �OEt;4. CH3Br; 5. H3O�
(c) 1. Na� �OEt; 2. (CH3)2CHCH2Br; 3. H3O�
17.6 1. Na� �OEt; 2. (CH3)2CHCH2Br; 3. Na� �OEt; 4. CH3Br; 5. H3O�
17.7 (a) (CH3)2CHCH2Br (b) PhCH2CH2Br
17.8 None can be prepared.
17.9 1. 2 Na� �OEt; 2. BrCH2CH2CH2CH2Br; 3. H3O�
17.10 (a) Alkylate phenylacetone with CH3I
(b) Alkylate pentanenitrile with CH3CH2I
(c) Alkylate cyclohexanone with H2CUCHCH2Br
(d) Alkylate cyclohexanone with excess CH3I
(e) Alkylate C6H5COCH2CH3 with CH3I
(f) Alkylate methyl 3-methylbutanoate withCH3CH2I
17.11
17.12 The reverse reaction is the exact opposite of theforward reaction.
17.13
(b)(a)
(CH3)2CHCH2CH CCH
(c) O
CH(CH3)2
H
O
C
OCH3
CC
CH3CH2CH2CHCHCH
OH(a) O
(b)
(c)
CH2CH3
CH3
OOH
HOO
17.14
17.15 (a) Not an aldol product (b) Pentan-3-one
17.16 The CH2 position between the two carbonylgroups is so acidic that it is completely deproto-nated to give a stable enolate ion.
17.17
17.18
17.19 The cleavage reaction is the exact reverse of theforward reaction.
17.20
17.21 O
+CO2Et
H3C O
CO2Et
CH3
O
CO2EtH3C
CH3CHCH2CCHCOEt
CH3
CH(CH3)2
(a)O O
PhCH2CCHCOEt
Ph
(b)O O
C6H11CH2CCHCOEt
C6H11
(c)O O
O
CH3
H3C
O
CH3
H3C
and
O
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-48
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-49
17.22
17.23
17.24
17.25 (a) Cyclopentanone enamine � propenenitrile
(b) Cyclohexanone enamine � methyl propenoate
CHAPTER 1818.1 (a) N-Methylethylamine
(b) Tricyclohexylamine
(c) N-Ethyl-N-methylcyclohexylamine
(d) N-Methylpyrrolidine
(e) Diisopropylamine
(f) Butane-1,3-diamine
18.2 [(CH3)2CH]3N(a)
NCH2CH3
CH3(d)
(b) (H2C CHCH2)2NH
NHCH(CH3)2(e)
NHCH3(c)
(f)CH2CH3N
(a) (b) OO
CH2CH2CO2Et
(c) O O
CH2CH2CHO
(a) (b)
(EtO2C)2CHCH2CH2CCH3
CO2Et
OO O
CH2CH2CCH3
(b) (CH3CO)2CHCH2CH2CN
O(a) CH(COCH3)2
(c)
(CH3CO)2CHCHCH2COEt
CH3
O
18.3
18.4 (a) CH3CH2NH2 (b) NaOH (c) CH3NHCH3
18.5 Propylamine is stronger; benzylamine pKb � 4.67;propylamine pKb � 3.29
18.6 (a) p-Nitroaniline � p-Aminobenzaldehyde �
p-Bromoaniline
(b) p-Aminoacetophenone � p-Chloroaniline �
p-Methylaniline
(c) p-(Trifluoromethyl)aniline �
p-(Fluoromethyl)aniline � p-Methylaniline
18.7 Pyrimidine is essentially 100% neutral (unprotonated).
18.8 (a) Propanenitrile or propanamide
(b) N-Propylpropanamide
(c) Benzonitrile or benzamide
(d) N-Phenylacetamide
18.9
18.10
18.11 (a) Oct-3-ene and oct-4-ene
(b) Cyclohexene
(c) Hept-3-ene
(d) Ethylene and cyclohexene
18.12 H2CUCHCH2CH2CH2N(CH3)2
18.13 1. HNO3, H2SO4; 2. H2/PtO2; 3. (CH3CO)2O; 4. HOSO2Cl; 5. aminothiazole; 6. H2O, NaOH
H3C
(CH3)2NH
CHO
+ NaBH4
HO CH2CH2Br
HO
or
NH3
HO CH2Br
HO
1. NaCN2. LiAlH4
N(CH3)2
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
CH3
H3C
N
CH3O
N
H
N
NH2N
N
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-49
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-50 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
18.14 (a) 1. HNO3, H2SO4; 2. H2/PtO2; 3. 2 CH3Br
(b) 1. HNO3, H2SO4; 2. H2/PtO2; 3. (CH3CO)2O; 4. Cl2; 5. H2O, NaOH
(c) 1. HNO3, H2SO4; 2. Cl2, FeCl3; 3. Sn
18.15
18.16 4.1% protonated
18.17
N
Attack at C2:
E+
NE
H
+
NE
H
+
NE
H
+
N
Attack at C3:
E+
N
H
E
+
H
E
H
E
N+ N
+
N
Attack at C4:
E+
N
E H
+
E H E H
Unfavorable
Unfavorable
N+
N
+
N S
HH
H
18.18 The side-chain nitrogen is more basic than thering nitrogen.
18.19 Reaction at C2 is disfavored because the aroma-ticity of the benzene ring is lost
CHAPTER 1919.1 Aromatic: Phe, Tyr, Trp, His;
sulfur-containing: Cys, Met; alcohols: Ser, Thr; hydrocarbon side chains: Ala, Ile, Leu, Val, Phe
19.2 The sulfur atom in the –CH2SH group of cysteinemakes the side chain higher in priority than the–CO2H group.
19.3
19.4 Net positive at pH � 5.3; net negative at pH � 7.3
19.5 (CH3)2CHCH2Br(a)
N
N
H
CH2Br(b)
N
H
CH2Br(c) CH3SCH2CH2Br(d)
L-Threonine Diastereomers of L-threonine
CO2–
CH3
H3N+
H
HS
R OH
CO2–
CH3
H3N+
HO
HS
S H
CO2–
CH3
H+
H
NH3R
R OH
N
HN
E
H
+
H
N
E
H
+
H
N
E
H+
H
E+
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-50
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-51
19.6
19.7 Val-Tyr-Gly (VYG), Tyr-Gly-Val (YGV), Gly-Val-Tyr (GVY), Val-Gly-Tyr (VGY), Tyr-Val-Gly (YVG), Gly-Tyr-Val (GYV)
19.8
19.9
19.10
19.11 Trypsin: Asp-Arg � Val-Tyr-Ile-His-Pro-Phe
Chymotrypsin: Asp-Arg-Val-Tyr � Ile-His-Pro-Phe
19.12 Methionine
19.13
19.14 This is a typical nucleophilic acyl substitutionreaction, with the amine of the amino acid as thenucleophile and tert-butyl carbonate as the leav-ing group. The tert-butyl carbonate then loses CO2 and gives tert-butoxide, which is protonated.
N
H
HC
CN
C
OC6H5
CH2CO2HS
–O
N (CH3)2CHCHO CO2 + +
O
O
O
NH3+
HOCCH2 SCH2CHCO–
O O
H3NCHC
CH3SCH2CH2
N
O
CH(CH3)2
CHC NHCHC NHCH2CO–
O O O+
C
(CH3)2CH
H
NHCOCH3
CO2H
C 1. H2, [Rh(DiPAMP)(COD)]+ BF4–
2. NaOH, H2O
CO2–
H3N H+
19.15 (1) Protect the amino group of leucine.
(2) Protect the carboxylic acid group of alanine.
(3) Couple the protected amino acids with DCC.
(4) Remove the leucine protecting group.
(5) Remove the alanine protecting group.
19.16 (a) Lyase (b) Hydrolase (c) Oxidoreductase
CHAPTER 2020.1
20.2 The mechanism is the reverse of that shown inFigure 20.2.
20.3 The Re face
20.4
20.5 The mechanism is the same as that shown in Figure 20.2.
20.6
20.7 The mechanism is essentially the same as that inProblem 20.6.
H2N+
+
H2O
H2O
CH3
CO2–C
H2N
+H2O
CH3
CO2–C
H3N
HO
CH3
CO2–C
O+
CH3
CO2–
+
+H3O+
NH3CH
O
CH3
CO2–C
N
NN
NH2
–O2CN
HH NH3
+NH2
+ OCH2O
OHOH
N
O P O
O–C
ADPATP
2–O3PO OHC
OO
OH–OC
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-51
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-52 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
20.8
20.9 The nonenzymatic cyclization is an internalimine formation that occurs by nucleophilic addi-tion of the amine to the carbonyl group followedby loss of water. The enzymatic reduction is anucleophilic addition to the iminium ion:
CHAPTER 2121.1 (a) Aldotetrose (b) Ketopentose
(c) Ketohexose (d) Aldopentose
21.2 (a) S (b) R (c) S
21.3 A, B, and C are the same.
21.4
21.5 CHO
CH2OH
OHH
OH
R
RH
H
R
Cl
CH3HOCH2
HH
NH2C
O
N
H
N+
HH
CO2–
H
N
H
CO2–
CO2–
+
OPO32– PO4
3–+
HH
NH2C
O
N
H
NH2C
O
N+
CO
H NH3
CO2–
++
H
CO
H NH3
21.6 (a) L-Erythrose; 2S,3S (b) D-Xylose; 2R,3S,4R
(c) D-Xylulose; 3S,4R
21.7
21.8
21.9 16 D and 16 L aldoheptoses
21.10
21.11
21.12
OH
�-D-Fructopyranose
cis
OH
OH
CH2OH
CH2OH
HOCH2
HOHO
O
OOH
OH
�-D-Fructofuranose
�-D-Fructopyranose
trans
OHOH
CH2OH
OH
HOCH2* * *
*
HOHO
O
OCH2OH
OH
OH
�-D-Fructofuranose
HOCH2O
OH
H,OH
OH
D-Ribose
OHH
CH2OH
OHH
CHO
OHH
CHO
HHO
HHO
CH2OH
OHH
(a) CHO
HHO
OHH
CH2OH
HHO
OHH
(b) CHO
HHO
HHO
CH2OH
HHO
OHH
(c)
L-(+)-Arabinose
HHO
CH2OH
HHO
CHO
OHH
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:47 AM Page A-52
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-53
21.13
21.14
21.15 �-D-Allopyranose (see Figure 21.3)
21.16
21.17 D-Galactitol has a plane of symmetry and is ameso compound, whereas D-glucitol is chiral.
21.18 The –CHO end of L-gulose corresponds to the–CH2OH end of D-glucose after reduction.
21.19 D-Allaric acid has a symmetry plane and is a mesocompound, but D-glucaric acid is chiral.
21.20 D-Allose and D-galactose yield meso aldaric acids;the others yield optically active aldaric acids.
21.21
COH
HCH3CONH
OHH
CH2OH
OHH
HHO
C O
CO2–
H2C H Base
HCH3CONH
OHH
CH2OH
OHH
HHO
OHH
C O
CO2–
CH2
CH3OCH2 OCH3O
OCH3OCH3
AcOCH2 OAcO
OAcOAc
OHOHHOCH2
HOHO
O
e
a
e
e
e
�-D-Galactopyranose
OH
OH
CH2OHee
e
e e
a
e e e
a
HO
O
HO
OH
�-D-Mannopyranose
HOCH2
HO
HO
O
OH21.22
CHAPTER 2222.1 Steps 7 and 10
22.2 Steps 1, 3: nucleophilic acyl substitutions atphosphorus; steps 2, 5, 7, 8, 10: isomerizations;step 4: retro-aldol reaction; step 6: oxidation and nucleophilic acyl substitution by phosphate;step 9: E1cB dehydration
22.3 pro-R
22.4
22.5 C1 and C6 of glucose become –CH3 groups; C3 and C4 become CO2.
22.6 Citrate and isocitrate
22.7 E1cB elimination of water, followed by conjugateaddition
22.8 pro-R; anti geometry
22.9 Re face; anti geometry
HH
CONH2
N
OH
O
CH2OH
HOHO O
OH
CH2OH
CH2OHHO
OHH
OH
O
CH2OH
HOHO O
OH
CH2OH
CO2HHO
OHH
OAc
O
CH2OAc
AcOAcO O
OAc
CH2OAc
OAcAcO
O
2. H2O
1. NaBH4(a)
H2O
Br2(b)
Cellobiose
Cellobiose
Cellobiosepyridine
CH3COCl(c)
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:48 AM Page A-53
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A-54 A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S
22.10 The reaction occurs by two sequential nucleo-philic acyl substitutions, the first by a cysteineresidue in the enzyme, with phosphate as leavinggroup, and the second by hydride donation fromNADH, with the cysteine residue as leaving group.
CHAPTER 2323.1 CH3(CH2)18CO2CH2(CH2)30CH3
23.2 Glyceryl tripalmitate is higher melting.
23.3 [CH3(CH2)7CHUCH(CH2)7CO2�]2 Mg2�
23.4 Glyceryl dioleate monopalmitate 88nGlycerol � 2 Sodium oleate � Sodium palmitate
23.5 Caprylyl CoA 88n Hexanoyl CoA 88nButyryl CoA 88n 2 Acetyl CoA
23.6 (a) 8 acetyl CoA; 7 passages
(b) 10 acetyl CoA; 9 passages
23.7 The dehydration is an E1cB reaction.
23.8 At C2, C4, C6, C8, and so forth
23.9 The Si face
23.10
23.11 The pro-S hydrogen is cis to the –CH3 group; thepro-R hydrogen is trans.
23.12
OPP(a)
–OPP+
+
+
�-Pinene
+
H
Base
H
HH
R SRR
OH OHH
CO2H
O
CH2
(b)
OPP
B H
�-Bisabolene
+
+CH2
+
+
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:48 AM Page A-54
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
A P P E N D I X D: A N S W E R S TO I N -T E X T P R O B L E M S A-55
23.13
23.14
CHAPTER 2424.3 (5) ACGGATTAGCC (3)
24.4
24.5 (3) CUAAUGGCAU (5)
24.6 (5) ACTCTGCGAA (3)
24.7 (a) GCU, GCC, GCA, GCG
(b) UUU, UUC
(c) UUA, UUG, CUU, CUC, CUA, CUG
(d) UAU, UAC
24.8 Leu-Met-Ala-Trp-Pro-Stop
24.9 (5) TTA-GGG-CCA-AGC-CAT-AAG (3)
24.10 The cleavage is an SN1 reaction that occurs byprotonation of the oxygen atom followed by lossof the stable triarylmethyl carbocation.
24.11
RO O
O
OR
P CHC
H
NCH2
NH3
E2 reaction
HN
N
N
NN
N
H
NHO
O
H
H
CH3
CH3
OHe
H
CH3
CO2H
CH3e
H(a)
H CH3
a
H(b)
H
24.12 The mechanism was shown in Figure 20.2 onpage 823.
24.13
24.14 The mechanism occurs by (1) phosphorylation of inosine monophosphate by reaction with GTP,(2) acid-catalyzed nucleophilic addition of aspar-tate to an imine, and (3) loss of phosphate by anE1cB reaction.
24.15 The reaction is an E1cB elimination.
CHAPTER 25The answers to the problems in Chapter 25 can be down-loaded from the web at http://www.thomsonedu.com
CH3
CH3–O2C
CoASH
O
OH
O
O
O
CH3–O2C
HO
N
N
H
H
CH3
O
–O
H2N
CH3
O
O
N
N
H
H
–O
H2N
CH3
N
NADP+NADPH, H+
�-Ketoglutarate
Glutamate
H2ONH4
+
CO2
H2O
CoASHNAD+
NADH/H+
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:48 AM Page A-55
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
01525_28_AppD_A31-A56 2/2/06 9:48 AM Page A-56
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
The boldfaced references refer to pageswhere terms are defined.
�, see AlphaAbbreviated mechanism, nucleophilic
acyl substitution reactions, 840Absolute configuration, 330Absorbance, 440Absorption spectrum, 427Acesulfame-K, structure of, 881
sweetness of, 880Acetal(s), 572
from aldehydes, 572–574from ketones, 572–574hydrolysis of, 572–573mechanism of formation of, 572–573
Acetaldehyde, aldol reaction of, 701, 703bond angles in, 549bond lengths in, 549electrostatic potential map of, 54913C NMR absorptions of, 5851H NMR spectrum of, 584pKa of, 690
Acetamide, basicity of, 690electrostatic potential map of, 639, 673,
743Acetaminophen, molecular model of, 28
synthesis of, 652Acetanilide, electrophilic aromatic
substitution of, 753–754Acetate ion, electrostatic potential map
of, 44, 54, 57, 607resonance in, 43–44
Acetic acid, dimer of, 605dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 54, 56hydrogen bonding in, 605pKa of, 52, 606properties of, 605protonation of, 60–61
Acetic acid dimer, electrostatic potentialmap of, 605
Acetic anhydride, electrostatic potentialmap of, 639
reaction with alcohols, 652
reactions with amines, 652synthesis of, 643
Acetoacetic ester, alkylation of, 695–696
ketones from, 695–696Acetoacetic ester synthesis, 695–696Acetoacetyl-CoA acetyltransferase, 952Acetone, enol content of, 683
hydrate of, 564pKa of, 688uses of, 557
Acetone anion, electrostatic potentialmap of, 56, 57, 80, 555
Acetonitrile, electrostatic potential mapof, 615
pKa of, 690Acetophenone, 13C NMR absorptions of,
585structure of, 559
Acetyl azide, electrostatic potential mapof, 673
Acetyl chloride, electrostatic potentialmap, 555, 639
pKa of, 690reaction with alcohols, 652reaction with amines, 652see also Acid chloride
Acetyl CoA, anion of, 46biosynthesis of, 662 carboxylation of, 945catabolism of, 905–910citric acid cycle and, 905–910Claisen condensation reactions of,
720fat catabolism and, 938–942fatty acids from, 943–947from acetyl dihydrolipoamide,
904–905from pyruvate, 901–905function of, 662–663reaction with glucosamine, 662–663reaction with oxaloacetate, 906–907structure of, 819thioester in, 662
Acetyl CoA anion, resonance in, 46
Acetyl coenzyme A, see Acetyl CoAAcetyl dihydrolipoamide, acetyl CoA
from, 904–905Acetyl group, 559N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid, structure
and function of, 872Acetylene, bond angles in, 18
bond lengths in, 18bond strengths in, 18molecular model of, 18pKa of, 252sp hybrid orbitals in, 17–18structure of, 18
N-Acetylglucosamine, biosynthesis of,662–663
structure and function of, 872Acetylide anion(s), 252
alkylation of, 412electrostatic potential map of, 253
N-Acetylmannosamine, structure andfunction of, 872
Achiral, 322Acid, Brønsted–Lowry, 50
Lewis, 58organic, 56–57strengths of, 51–53
Acid anhydride(s), 633amides from, 652electrostatic potential map of, 639esters from, 652from acid chlorides, 648from carboxylic acids, 643IR spectroscopy of, 667naming, 634NMR spectroscopy of, 667–668nucleophilic acyl substitution
reactions of, 652–653reaction with alcohols, 652reaction with amines, 652
Acid chloride(s), 633acid anhydrides from, 648alcoholysis of, 650amides from, 650–651aminolysis of, 650–651carboxylic acids from, 648
Index
I-1
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-1
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-2 I N D E X
Acid chloride(s) (continued)electrostatic potential map of, 639esters from, 650from carboxylic acids, 642–643hydrolysis of, 648IR spectroscopy of, 667naming, 634NMR spectroscopy of, 667–668nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 648, 650–651pKa of, 690polarity of, 80reaction with alcohols, 650reaction with amines, 650–651reaction with ammonia, 650–651reaction with carboxylate ions, 648reaction with water, 648
Acid halide(s), 633naming, 634nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 648, 650–651reaction with alcohols, 650reaction with amines, 650–651see also, Acid chloride
Acidity, alcohols and, 501–503amines and, 743carbonyl compounds and, 689–690carboxylic acids and, 605–607phenols and, 501–503
Acidity constant (Ka), 51table of, 52
Acid–base reactions, prediction of, 53–54Aconitase, 907ACP, see Acyl carrier protein, 943ACP transacylase, 943Acrolein, structure of, 558Acrylic acid, pKa of, 606
structure of, 603Activating group (aromatic substitution),
294acidity and, 610explanation of, 294–295
Activation energy, 164magnitude of, 164–165reaction rate and, 164–165
Active site (enzyme), 169citrate synthase and, 805hexokinase and, 169urocanase and, 845
Acyl adenosyl phosphate, asparaginebiosynthesis and, 839–840
biological reactions of, 648–649fatty acid catabolism and, 937
Acyl adenylate, biological reactions of,648–649
see also Acyl adenosyl phosphateAcyl carrier protein (ACP), structure and
function of, 943Acyl cation, electrostatic potential map
of, 290Friedel–Crafts acylation reaction and,
290resonance in, 290
Acyl group, 290, 547, 559naming, 603
Acyl phosphate, 633naming, 636
Acyl-CoA dehydrogenase, 939Acyl-CoA synthetase, 937Acylation (aromatic), see Friedel–Crafts
reactionAdams catalyst, 2321,2-Addition (conjugated carbonyl), 5801,2-Addition (diene), 248–2491,4-Addition (conjugated carbonyl), 5801,4-Addition (diene), 248–249Addition reaction, 142Adenine, aromaticity of, 280
electrostatic potential map of, 983molecular model of, 68protection of, 993structure of, 980
Adenosine, biosynthesis of, 1006–1007catabolism of, 999–1000
Adenosine diphosphate (ADP), functionof, 819–820
structure of, 163Adenosine triphosphate (ATP), coupled
reactions and, 821energy rich bonds in, 162–163function of, 819–820hydrolysis of, 163reaction with alcohols, 819–820reaction with glucose, 821reaction with methionine, 528structure and function of, 163, 802
S-Adenosylhomocysteine, from S-adenosylmethionine, 390–391
metabolism of, 411S-Adenosylmethionine, biological
methylation with, 390–391from methionine, 528SN2 reactions of, 390–391stereochemistry of, 346structure and function of, 803
Adenylosuccinate synthetase, 1006Adipic acid, structure of, 603ADP, see Adenosine diphosphateAdrenaline, biosynthesis of, 390–391
molecular model of, 354Adrenocortical hormone, 963-al, aldehyde name ending, 558Alanine, biosynthesis of, 838
catabolism of, 833configuration of, 330electrostatic potential map of, 778molecular model of, 28, 777pyruvate from, 833structure and properties of, 780zwitterion of, 778
Alanine zwitterion, electrostatic potentialmap of, 778
Alcohol(s), 497acetals from, 572–574acidity of, 501–503aldehydes from, 516–517alkenes from, 223, 513–515alkoxide ions from, 501–503alkyl halides from, 365–366, 387,
512alpha cleavage of, 422biological dehydration of, 513–514biological oxidation of, 519carbonyl compounds from, 516–519
carbonyl nucleophilic additionreactions of, 572–574
carboxylic acids from, 516–517common names of, 500dehydration of, 222, 513–515electrostatic potential map of, 79esters from, 515–516ethers from, 523–524from aldehydes, 506,–507, 509–510,
567–568from alkenes, 227–230, 504–505from carbonyl compounds, 505–511from carboxylic acids, 507–508, 647from epoxides, 505from esters, 507–510, 657–658from ethers, 525–526from ketones, 506–507, 509–510,
567–568hydrogen bonds in, 501IR spectroscopy of, 436, 529ketones from, 516–517mass spectrometry of, 422, 531mechanism of dehydration of, 513–515mechanism of oxidation of, 518naming, 499–500NMR spectroscopy of, 530oxidation of, 516–519polarity of, 79primary, 499properties of, 501–503reaction with acid, 513–514reaction with acid anhydrides, 652reaction with acid chlorides, 650reaction with aldehydes, 572–574reaction with alkyl halides, 524reaction with ATP, 819–820reaction with carboxylic acids,
644–645reaction with CrO3, 517–518reaction with HX, 366, 512reaction with ketones, 572–574reaction with Na2Cr2O7, 517–518reaction with NaH, 503reaction with NaNH2, 503reaction with PBr3, 366, 512reaction with PCC, 517–518reaction with POCl3, 513–515reaction with potassium, 503reaction with SOCl2, 366, 512reactions of, 512–518secondary, 499synthesis of, 504–511tertiary, 499
Alcoholysis (nucleophilic acylsubstitution reaction), 640
Aldaric acid(s), 871from aldoses, 871
Aldehyde(s), 557acetals from, 572–574alcohols from, 506–507, 509–510,
567–568aldol reaction of, 702alkenes from, 575–577� bromination of, 686–687amines from, 748–750biological reduction of, 507, 580Cannizzaro reaction of, 579
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-2
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-3
carbonyl condensation reactions of,701–706
carboxylic acids from, 561–562common names of, 558conjugate addition reactions of,
580–583enamines from, 568–571enols of, 682–684enones from, 705–706from alcohols, 516–517from esters, 560, 658Grignard reaction of, 509–510, 567hydrates of, 561, 565–566imines from, 568–569IR spectroscopy of, 436, 583–584mass spectrometry of, 422, 585–586McLafferty rearrangement of, 422mechanism of hydration of, 565–566naming, 558NMR spectroscopy of, 584–585oxidation of, 561–562pKa of, 690polarity of, 80reaction with alcohols, 572–574reaction with amines, 568–571reaction with Br2, 686–687reaction with CrO3, 561reaction with Grignard reagents,
509–510, 567reaction with H2O, 564–566reaction with LiAlH4, 506, 568reaction with NaBH4, 506 568reactivity of versus ketones, 563–564reduction of, 506–507, 568reductive amination of, 748–750Wittig reaction of, 575–577
Alditol(s), 868from monosaccharides, 868–869
Aldol reaction, 701–703biological, 718–719cyclohexenones from, 707–708cyclopentenones from, 707–708dehydration in, 705–706equilibrium in, 702glucose biosynthesis and, 719intramolecular, 707–708mechanism of, 702–703requirements for, 701–702reversibility of, 702steric hindrance to, 702
Aldolase, class I, 718–719, 897class II, 718–719, 897types of, 718
Aldonic acid(s), 870from aldoses, 870–871
Aldose(s), 853aldaric acids from, 871alditols from, 868–869aldonic acids from, 870–871Benedict’s test on, 870configurations of, 859–861Fehling’s test on, 870Fischer projections of, 854–856esters from, 866ethers from, 866glycosides of, 867–868names of, 860–861
oxidation of, 870–871reaction with Br2, 871reaction with HNO3, 871reduction of, 868–869see also Carbohydrate, Monosaccharidetable of, 860Tollens’ test on, 870uronic acids from, 871
Aldosterone, structure and function of,963
Algae, chloromethane from, 363Alicyclic, 112Aliphatic, 82Alitame, structure of, 881
sweetness of, 880Alkaloid, 65Alkane(s), 82
boiling points of, 96branched-chain, 83combustion of, 95conformations of, 101dispersion forces in, 62, 96from alkyl halides, 368from Grignard reagents, 368general formula of, 82IR spectroscopy of, 434isomers of, 82–83mass spectrometry of, 418–419melting points of, 96naming, 84–85, 89–93Newman projections of, 97normal (n), 83pKa of, 252properties of, 95–96reaction with chlorine, 95sawhorse representations of, 97straight-chain, 83
Alkene(s), 179alcohols from, 227–230, 504–505biological addition of radicals to,
243–244biological hydration of, 940biological reduction of, 234–235, 947bond rotation in, 186bromohydrins from, 226–227bromonium ion from, 224–225cis–trans isomerism in, 186–187common names of, 1841,2-dihalides from, 224–2251,2-diols from, 236–239electron distribution in, 152electrophilic addition reactions of,
195–196electrostatic potential map of, 79, 152epoxides from, 235–237E,Z configuration of, 188–190from alcohols, 223, 513–515from aldehydes, 575–577from alkyl halides, 222from alkynes, 251from amines, 751–752from ketones, 575–577general formula of, 180halohydrins from, 226–227hydration of, 227–230hydroboration of, 229–230hydrogenation of, 232–234
hydroxylation of, 236–239hyperconjugation in, 194IR spectroscopy of, 434Markovnikov’s rule and, 198–199naming, 182–184nucleophilicity of, 152organoboranes from, 229oxymercuration of, 228–229pKa of, 252polymerization of, 240–242reaction summary of, 221reaction with borane, 229–230reaction with Br2, 224–225reaction with Cl2, 224–225reaction with H2O, 151–154reaction with halogen, 224–225reaction with HBr, 195–196reaction with HCl, 195–196reaction with HI, 195–196reaction with hydrogen, 232–234reaction with mercuric ion, 229reaction with OsO4, 238–239reaction with peroxyacids, 235–236reaction with radicals, 240–242reduction of, 232–234Sharpless epoxidation of, 587stability of, 192–194steric strain in cis isomer, 192synthesis of, 222–223
Alkoxide ion, 501Alkoxy group, 522Alkyl group(s), 86
directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295naming, 86–87, 92–93orienting effect of, 294
Alkyl halide(s), 363alkenes from, 222amines from, 747–748amino acids from, 784–785carboxylic acids from, 611–612dehydrohalogenation of, 222electrostatic potential map of, 79ethers from, 524from alcohols, 365–366, 387, 512from ethers, 525–526Grignard reagents from, 367malonic ester synthesis with,
692–694naming, 364–365naturally occurring, 402–403phosphonium salts from, 575–576polarity of, 79polarizability of, 149reaction with alcohols, 524reaction with amines, 747–748reaction with carboxylate ions, 643reaction with HS�, 521reaction with sulfides, 527reaction with thiols, 527reaction with thiourea, 521reaction with triphenylphosphine,
575–576see also Organohalidesynthesis of, 365–366thiols from, 521uses of, 363
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-3
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-4 I N D E X
Alkyl shift, carbocation rearrangementsand, 207–208
Alkylamine(s), 736basicity of, 740–743
Alkylation (aromatic), see Friedel–Craftsreaction
Alkylation (carbonyl), 288acetoacetic ester, 695–696biological, 700carbonyl compounds and, 691–699ester, 698ketone, 698malonic ester, 692–694nitrile, 699
Alkylbenzene(s), from aryl alkyl ketones,299–300
side-chain oxidation of, 298–299Alkylthio group, 523Alkyne(s), 179
acetylide anions from, 252–253acidity of, 252–253alkenes from, 251electrophilic addition reactions of,
196electrostatic potential map of, 79hydrogenation of, 251IR spectroscopy of, 434–435naming, 184pKa of, 252reaction with Br2, 251reaction with Cl2, 251reaction with HBr, 251reaction with HCl, 251reduction of, 251vinylic halides from, 251
Alkynyl group, 184Allene, heat of hydrogenation of, 214
structure of, 33Allinger, Norman Louis, 133Allose, configuration of, 860Allyl group, 184Allylic, 249Allylic carbocation, electrostatic
potential map of, 249, 385resonance in, 249SN1 reaction and, 385–386stability of, 249
Allylic halide, SN1 reaction and, 385–386SN2 reaction and, 386
Alpha amino acid, see Amino acid, 779Alpha anomer, 863Alpha cleavage, alcohol mass spectrum
and, 422, 531aldehyde mass spectrum and, 423, 585amine mass spectrum and, 422, 763ketone mass spectrum and, 423, 585
Alpha farnesene, structure of, 212Alpha-glycosidase, 877, 892Alpha helix, molecular model of, 798
secondary protein structure and, 798Alpha-keto acid, amino acids from, 785
reductive amination of, 785transamination of, 822–825
Alpha-ketoglutarate, from glutamate, 826from oxalosuccinate, 908glutamate from, 838oxidative decarboxylation of, 908
succinyl CoA from, 908transamination of, 825–826
Alpha pinene, structure of, 179Alpha position (carbonyl compounds,
681acidity of, 684
Alpha substitution reaction, 553, 681alkylation and, 691–700carbonyl condensation reactions and,
704enolate ions and, 691–699enols and, 685–686mechanism of, 685–686
Altrose, configuration of, 860Aluminum chloride, Friedel–Crafts
reaction and, 288–289Amantadine, structure of, 139Amide(s), 633
amines from, 660–661basicity of, 742–743carboxylic acids from, 659–660DCC for formation of, 646electrostatic potential map of, 639from acid anhydrides, 652from acid chlorides, 650–651from amines, 751from carboxylic acids, 646–647from esters, 657from nitriles, 616hydrolysis of, 659–660IR spectroscopy of, 667mechanism of hydrolysis of, 659–660mechanism of reduction of, 661naming, 635nitriles from, 615NMR spectroscopy of, 667–668nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 659–661peptide bond and, 787pKa of, 690polarity of, 80reaction with LiAlH4, 660–661reaction with SOCl2, 615reduction of, 660–661restricted rotation in, 788
Amidomalonate synthesis, 784–785-amine, name ending for amines, 736Amine(s), 735
acidity of, 743alkenes from, 751–752alpha cleavage of, 422amides from, 751basicity of, 740–745biological, 745–746carbonyl nucleophilic addition
reactions of, 568–571chirality of, 345, 739conjugate addition reactions to enones,
582electrostatic potential map of, 80from aldehydes, 748–750from amides, 660–661from ketones, 748–750from lactams, 661from nitriles, 616Henderson–Hasselbalch equation and,
745–746
heterocyclic, 738, 755–759Hofmann elimination of, 751–752hydrogen bonding in, 740IR spectroscopy of, 436, 762mass spectrometry of, 422, 763–764naming, 736–738nitrogen rule and, 763occurrence of, 735odor of, 740polarity of, 80primary, 736properties of, 739–740pyramidal inversion in, 739reaction with acid anhydrides, 652reaction with acid chlorides, 650–651reaction with aldehydes, 568–571reaction with alkyl halides, 747–748reaction with carboxylic acids and
DCC, 646reaction with enones, 582reaction with esters, 657reaction with ketones, 568–571secondary, 736SN2 reactions of, 747–748structure of, 739synthesis of, 746–750tertiary, 736uses of, 739
Amino acid(s), 777abbreviations for, 780–781acetoacetate from, 832acetyl CoA from, 832acidic, 782�-ketoglutarate from, 832amidomalonate synthesis of, 784–785amphiprotic behavior of, 778basic, 782biological precursors of, 839biosynthesis of, 838–844Boc derivatives of, 794C-terminal, 787catabolism of, 822–826, 831–838catabolism of carbon chains in,
831–838configuration of, 779, 782deamination of, 822–826electrophoresis of, 784enantioselective synthesis of, 785–786essential, 838esters of, 793Fmoc derivatives of, 796from �-keto acids, 785from alkyl halides, 784–785fumarate from, 832glucogenic, 832Henderson–Hasselbalch equation and,
746isoelectric points of, 780–781ketogenic, 832molecular weights of, 780–781N-terminal, 787neutral, 782nonessential, 838nonprotein, 779oxaloacetate from, 832pI’s of, 780–781pKa’s of, 780–781
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-4
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-5
protecting groups for, 793–794, 796pyruvate from, 832reaction with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate,
794reaction with ninhydrin, 789succinyl CoA from, 832synthesis of, 784–786table of, 780–781transimination of, 824zwitterion form of, 778
Amino acid analysis, 789Amino acid analyzer, 789Amino group(s), 737
directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294
Amino sugar, 873p-Aminobenzoic acid, molecular model
of, 25Aminolysis (nucleophilic acyl
substitution reaction), 640Aminotransferase, 822–824Ammonia, carbamoyl phosphate from,
827dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 150elimination of in animals, 827hydrogen bond in, 63reaction with acid chlorides, 650–651reaction with carboxy phosphate, 827reaction with carboxylic acids and
DCC, 646urea cycle and, 827–831
Amphetamine, synthesis of, 748–749Amplitude, 426�-Amylase, 800, 892–893Amylopectin, structure of, 876–877Amylose, structure of, 876–877Anabolism, 818Androgen, 962
function of, 962Androstenedione, structure and function
of, 962Androsterone, structure and function of,
962-ane, alkane name ending, 86Angle strain, 118Angstrom, 3Anhydride, see Acid anhydrideAniline, basicity of, 743–745
electrostatic potential map of, 744from nitrobenzene, 285synthesis of, 285
Anilinium ion, electrostatic potentialmap of, 744
Anilinothiazolinone, Edman degradationand, 790–791
Anisole, electrostatic potential map of,623
Anomer, 862�-, 863�-, 863
Anomeric center, 862Anthracene, structure of, 278Anti conformation, 99Anti periplanar geometry, 396
molecular model of, 396
Anti stereochemistry, 224Antiaromaticity, 273Antibiotic(s), cephalosporins, 669
�-lactam, 668–669penicillins, 688–669sulfonamides, 285vancomycin, 403
Antibonding molecular orbital, 22Anticodon (tRNA), 988Antigenic determinants, blood groups
and, 879Antisense strand (DNA), 987Arabinose, configuration of, 860Arachidic acid, structure of, 929Arachidonic acid, cyclooxygenase
reaction of, 1–2prostaglandins from, 1–2, 243–244,
948–950radical reactions of, 146structure of, 929
Arecoline, molecular model of, 81Arene(s), 269
electrostatic potential map of, 79see also Aromatic compound
Arginase, 831Arginine, biosynthesis of, 828–831,
840–841from glutamate, 840–841ornithine from, 831structure and properties of, 781urea cycle and, 828–831
Argininosuccinate, arginine from,830–831
from citrulline, 828–830metabolism of, 413urea cycle and, 828–830
Argininosuccinate lyase, 830stereochemistry of, 830
Argininosuccinate synthetase, 828epi-Aristolochene, biosynthesis of, 218Aromatic compound(s), 267
alkylation of, 288–289biological hydroxylation of, 286–287bromination of, 282–284characteristics of, 273–275chlorination of, 283common names for, 268electrophilic substitution reactions of,
282–283Friedel–Crafts acylation of, 290Friedel–Crafts alkylation of, 288–289halogenation of, 282–284iodination of, 284IR spectroscopy of, 435naming, 268–270nitration of, 284–285oxidation of, 298–299reduction of, 299–300see also Aromaticitysulfonation of, 286trisubstituted, 300–302
Aromaticity, heterocycles and, 276–277Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 273–275imidazole and, 276–277ions and, 315naphthalene and, 279pyridine and, 276–277
pyrimidine and, 276–277pyrrole and, 276–277requirements for, 273
Arrow, electron movement and, 45fishhook, 143See also Curved arrow
Arsenic trioxide, LD50 of, 26leukemia therapy and, 26
Aryl alkyl ketone, reduction of, 299–300Aryl halide, SN2 reaction and, 375–376Arylamine(s), 736
basicity of, 741, 743–745electrophilic aromatic substitution of,
753–754from nitroarenes, 747resonance in, 744synthesis of, 285
Ascorbic acid, see Vitamin C-ase, enzyme name ending, 801Asparagine, aspartate from, 834
biosynthesis of, 839–840catabolism of, 834from aspartate, 839–840fumarate from, 834oxaloacetate from, 834structure and properties of, 780
Asparagine synthetase, 839Aspartame, molecular model of, 29
structure of, 816, 881sweetness of, 880
Aspartate, asparagine from, 839–840biosynthesis of, 838catabolism of, 834from oxaloacetate, 828fumarate from, 834homoserine from, 842–843oxaloacetate from, 834partial reduction of, 842reaction with citrulline, 828–830threonine from, 842–844
Aspartate semialdehyde, from aspartate,842
Aspartic acid, structure and properties of,781
Asphalt, composition of, 103Aspirin, LD50 of, 26
molecular model of, 17synthesis of, 652
Asymmetric center, 322-ate, ester name ending, 635Atom, atomic mass of, 4
atomic number of, 4electron configurations of, 5–6electron shells in, 4–5isotopes of, 4orbitals in, 4–5quantum mechanical model of, 4–5size of, 3structure of, 3
Atomic mass, 4Atomic number (Z), 4Atomic weight, 4Atorvastatin, structure and function of,
1010ATP, see Adenosine triphosphateAtropine, structure proof of, 773ATZ, see Anilinothiazolinone, 790–791
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-5
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-6 I N D E X
Aufbau principle, 5Avian flu, 920Axial bonds (cyclohexane), 123
drawing, 124
�, see BetaBackbone (protein), 787Backside displacement, SN2 reaction and,
372–373von Baeyer, Adolf, 118Baeyer strain theory, 118Banana, esters in, 653Base, Brønsted–Lowry, 50
Lewis, 58organic, 57strengths of, 51–53
Base pair (DNA), 982–984electrostatic potential maps of, 983hydrogen bonding in, 983
Base peak (mass spectrum), 416Basicity, alkylamines, 740–743
amides, 742–743amines, 740–745arylamines, 741, 743–745heterocyclic amines, 742nucleophilicity and, 377
Basicity constant (Kb), 741Beeswax, 928Benedict’s test, 870Bent bond, cyclopropane, 119–120Benzaldehyde, electrophilic aromatic
substitution of, 296–297electrostatic potential map of, 294IR spectrum of, 58413C NMR absorptions of, 585
Benzene, alkylation of, 288–289bond lengths in, 271bromination of, 282–284chlorination of, 283discovery of, 269electrostatic potential map of, 44, 271,
294Friedel–Crafts reactions of, 288–290heat of hydrogenation of, 271Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 274–275iodination of, 284molecular orbitals of, 272–273nitration of, 284–285reaction with Br2, 282–283reaction with Cl2, 283reaction with HNO3, 284–285reaction with I2, 284resonance in, 44, 271stability of, 271structure of, 270–273sulfonation of, 285–286toxicity of, 267UV absorption of, 441
Benzenesulfonic acid, synthesis of, 286
Benzodiazepine, combinatorial library of, 306
Benzoic acid, 13C NMR absorptions in,618
pKa of, 606, 609substituent effects on acidity of, 609
Benzophenone, structure of, 559
Benzoquinone, electrostatic potentialmap of, 519
Benzoyl group, 559Benzoyl peroxide, ethylene
polymerization and, 240–241Benzo[a]pyrene, metabolism of, 238
structure of, 278Benzyl ester, hydrogenolysis of, 793Benzyl group, 269Benzylic carbocation, electrostatic
potential map of, 385resonance in, 385SN1 reaction and, 385–386
Benzylic halide, SN1 reaction and,385–386
SN2 reaction and, 386Benzylic radical, resonance in, 299Benzylpenicillin, discovery of, 668Beta anomer, 863Beta-carotene, structure of, 179, 951
industrial synthesis of, 577UV spectrum of, 442
Beta-diketone, Michael reactions and,715
Beta-keto acid, decarboxylation of, 693Beta-keto ester, alkylation of, 696
cyclic, 711–713decarboxylation of, 696Michael reactions and, 715pKa of, 690synthesis of, 708–710
Beta-lactam antibiotics, 668–669Beta-oxidation pathway, 938–942
mechanism of, 938–942Beta-pleated sheet, molecular model of,
798secondary protein structure and, 797
Bextra, prostaglandin synthesis and, 2structure of, 313
Bimolecular, 372Biodegradable polymers, 665–666Biological amine(s),
Henderson–Hasselbalch equationand, 745–746
protonation of, 745–746Biological carboxylic acid(s), dissociation
of, 608–609Henderson–Hasselbalch equation and,
608–609Biological mass spectrometry, 424–425Biological reactions
alcohol dehydration, 513–514aldol reaction, 718–719alkylation, 700benzylic oxidation, 299characteristics of, 168–170Claisen condensation reaction, 720comparison with laboratory reactions,
168–170conjugate nucleophilic addition
reaction, 582conventions for writing, 169, 197dehydration, 513–514elimination reaction, 400epoxidation, 236–237Friedel–Crafts alkylation, 290–291halogenation (alkene), 225
halohydrin formation, 227Hofmann elimination reaction, 752hydrolysis, thioester, 678hydroxylation (aromatic), 286–287iodination (aromatic), 284methylation, 390–391nucleophilic acyl substitution, 648–649oxidations with FAD, 939–940oxidations with NAD�, 519radical reaction, 146, 243–244energy diagram of, 167reductions ( alkene), 234–235reduction (aldehyde), 580reduction (ketone, 580reduction (thioester), 663reduction with NADH, 507reduction with NADPH, 507reductive amination, 750SN1 reaction, 390–391SN2 reaction, 390–391
Biot, Jean Baptiste, 325Biotin, carboxylation with, 913, 916, 945
mechanism of carboxylation with, 916,945
stereochemistry of, 356structure and function of, 803, 913,
916, 945bis, name prefix, 6621,3-Bisphosphoglycerate, from
glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate, 898reaction with ADP, 899
Blood groups, antigenic determinants in,879
compatibility of, 879types of, 879
Boc (tert-butoxycarbonyl amide), 794amino acid protection with, 794
Bombykol, 538Bond, covalent, 10–11
pi, 15sigma, 10
Bond angle, 13Bond dissociation energy (D), 161
table of, 162Bond length, 11Bond strength, 11Bonding molecular orbital, 22Borane, electrophilicity of, 229
reaction with alkenes, 229–230Borneol, rearrangement of, 977Boron trifluoride, electrostatic potential
map of, 59, 151Branched-chain alkane, 83Breathalyzer test, 532BRENDA enzyme database, 807Bridgehead atom, 131Broadband-decoupled NMR, 467Bromine, reaction with alkenes, 224–225
reaction with aromatic compounds,282–284
Bromo group, directing effect of, 294p-Bromoacetophenone, molecular model
of, 46513C NMR spectrum of, 465symmetry plane in, 465
Bromocyclohexane, molecular model of,125
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-6
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-7
Bromoethane, 1H NMR spectrum of, 476
spin–spin splitting in, 476–478Bromohydrin(s), 226
from alkenes, 226–227mechanism of formation of, 226–227
Bromomethane, electrostatic potentialmap of, 150
Bromonium ion, 224electrostatic potential map of, 225from alkenes, 224
2-Bromopropane, 1H NMR spectrum of,478
spin–spin splitting in, 478Brønsted–Lowry acid, 50
conjugate base of, 50strengths of, 51–53
Brønsted–Lowry base, 50conjugate acid of, 50strengths of, 51–53
cis-But-2-ene, heat of hydrogenation of,194
molecular model of, 186, 192steric strain in, 192
trans-But-2-ene, heat of hydrogenation of,194
molecular model of, 186, 192But-3-en-2-one, electrostatic potential
map of, 581UV absorption of, 441
Buta-1,3-diene, 1,2 addition reactions of,248–249
1,4 addition reactions of, 248–249electrophilic addition reactions of,
248–249electrostatic potential map of, 248heat of hydrogenation of, 245molecular orbitals in, 247reaction with HBr, 248–249stability of, 245–247UV spectrum of, 440
Butan-1-ol, mass spectrum of, 531Butan-2-one, 13C NMR spectrum of, 465,
585Butane, anti conformation of, 99–100
bond rotation in, 99–100conformations of, 99–100gauche conformation of, 99–100molecular model of, 83
Butanoic acid, IR spectrum of, 617tert-Butoxycarbonyl amide, amino acid
protection with, 794Butter, composition of, 929tert-Butyl alcohol, pKa of, 502tert-Butyl carbocation, molecular model
of, 202Butyl group, 87Butyllithium, reaction with
alkyltriphenylphosphonium saltsreaction with diisopropylamine, 689
c (Speed of light), 426C-terminal amino acid, 787Cadaverine, odor of, 740Caffeine, structure of, 33Cahn–Ingold–Prelog sequence rules,
188–190, 328
Camphor, specific rotation of, 326structure of, 951
Cannizzaro reaction, 579mechanism of, 579
Capsaicin, structure of, 81-carbaldehyde, aldehyde name ending, 558Carbamoyl phosphate, biosynthesis of,
827reaction with ornithine, 828–829
Carbamoyl phosphate synthetase, 827Carbanion, 393, 567
stability of, 253Carbinolamine, 569Carbocation(s), 153
alkyl shift in, 207–208aromatic substitution and, 282E1 reaction and, 399electronic structure of, 202–203electrophilic addition reactions and,
153, 195–196Friedel–Crafts reaction and, 289Hammond postulate and, 204–206hydride shift in, 207–208hyperconjugation in, 202–203Markovnikov’s rule and, 199molecular orbital of, 203rearrangements of, 206–208, 289SN1 reactions and, 382–383solvation of, 388stability of, 202–203, 386steroid biosynthesis and, 968–969
Carbohydrate(s), 851anomers of, 863–864catabolism of, 893–900classification of, 853complex, 852Fischer projections of, 854–856glycosides of, 867–8681→4-links in, 874–875origin of name, 851photosynthesis of, 852see also Aldose, Monosaccharide
Carbon, ground-state electronconfiguration of, 6
Carbon atom, 3 dimensionality of, 7tetrahedral geometry of, 7
-carbonitrile, nitrile name ending, 604Carbonyl chemistry, overview of,
547–555Carbonyl compound(s), acidity of,
689–690alcohols from, 505–511alkylation of, 691–699classification of, 548–549electrophilicity of, 549electrostatic potential map of, 80, 150from alcohols, 516–519general reactions of, 550–555kinds of, 80mass spectrometry of, 422–423name endings for, 548polarity of, 80table of, 548
Carbonyl condensation reaction, 554, 681�-substitution reactions and, 704biological, 718–720mechanism of, 701
Carbonyl group(s), 547directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294resonance effect of, 294–295
-carbothioate, thioester name ending, 635
-carboxamide, amide name ending, 635Carboxy phosphate, mechanism of
formation, 945reaction with ammonia, 827
Carboxylate ion, reaction with acidchlorides, 648
reaction with alkyl halides, 643resonance in, 607
Carboxylation, 612biological, 913, 916, 945
-carboxylic acid, name ending forcarboxylic acids, 602
Carboxylic acid(s), 601acid anhydrides from, 643acid chlorides from, 642–643acidity of, 605–607alcohols from, 507–508, 647amides from, 646–647biological, 608–609biological nucleophilic acyl
substitutions of, 647–648common names of, 603dimers of, 605dissociation of, 605–606dissociation of in cells, 608–609esters from, 643–645from acid halides, 648from alcohols, 516–517from aldehydes, 561–562from alkyl halides, 611–612, 692–694from amides, 659–660from esters, 654–656from Grignard reagents, 612from malonic ester, 692–694from nitriles, 611–612, 616Henderson–Hasselbalch equation and,
608–609hydrogen bonding in, 605inductive effects in, 609IR spectroscopy of, 617naming, 602–603NMR spectroscopy of, 618nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 642–645occurrence of, 601pKa table of, 606polarity of, 80properties of, 605protonation of in cells, 745–746reaction with alcohols, 644–645reaction with amines and DCC, 646reaction with ammonia and DCC, 646reaction with diazomethane, 677reaction with Grignard reagents, 510reaction with LiAlH4, 507–508, 647reaction with SOCl2, 642–643reactions of, 613reduction of, 507–508, 647substituent effects on acidity of, 609synthesis of, 611–612
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-7
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-8 I N D E X
Carboxylic acid derivative(s), 663electrostatic potential maps of, 639interconversions of, 640IR spectroscopy of, 666–667kinds of, 663naming, 634–636NMR spectroscopy of, 667–668nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 640–641polarity of, 639relative reactivity of, 639–640
Cardiolipin, structure of, 973Carvone, structure of, 24Caryophyllene, structure of, 975Catabolism, 818
acetyl CoA, 905–910amino acids, 822–826, 831–838carbohydrates, 893–900fats, 934–942fatty acids, 937–942glucose, 893–900glycerol, 934–937nucleic acids, 997–1002pyruvate, 901–905triacylglycerols, 934–942
Catalytic cracking, 103Catalytic hydrogenation, see
HydrogenationCation radical, mass spectrometry and,
416Celebrex, prostaglandin synthesis and, 2Cell membrane, lipid bilayer in, 934Cellobiose, molecular model of, 874
mutarotation of, 874Cellulose, function of, 876
structure of, 876uses of, 876
Cellulose nitrate, 876Cephalexin, structure of, 669Cephalosporin, structure of, 669Chain, Ernst, 668Chain-growth polymer, 240–242, 664Chain reaction (radical), 145Chair conformation (cyclohexane), 122
drawing, 122molecular model of, 122see also Cyclohexane
Chemical Abstracts, 75Chemical reactions, conventions for
writing, 197Chemical shift (NMR), 461
13C NMR spectroscopy and, 4641H NMR spectroscopy and, 473–474
Chemical structure, drawing, 22–24Chemical waste, green chemistry and,
764–765Chiral, 321Chiral drugs, 351–352Chiral methyl group, 414Chirality, amines and, 345, 739
amino acids and, 782carbohydrates and, 858–859cause of, 322naturally occurring molecules and,
349–351phosphines and, 345, 785–786sulfonium salts and, 346
Chirality center, 322detection of, 323R,S configuration of, 328–330
Chloral hydrate, structure of, 566Chloramphenicol, structure of, 357Chlorine, reaction with alkanes, 95
reaction with alkenes, 224reaction with aromatic compounds, 283reaction with methane, 145
Chloro group, directing effect of, 294Chlorobenzene, electrostatic potential
map of, 294Chloroform, LD50 of, 26Chloromethane, dipole moment of, 39
electrostatic potential map of, 147natural sources of, 363
Chloronium ion, 224Chlorosulfite, 643
leaving group ability of, 378Cholestanol, structure of, 334Cholesterol, biosynthesis of, 964–969
heart disease and, 970molecular model of, 961specific rotation of, 326statin drugs and, 1009 –1010
Cholic acid, molecular model of, 602Choline, synthesis of, 772Chromate, alcohol oxidation and, 518Chromatography, 444
explanation of, 444–445high-pressure, 444liquid, 444
Chrysanthemic acid, structure of, 111Chymotrypsin, peptide cleavage with, 792trans-Cinnamaldehyde, 1H NMR
spectrum of, 482synthesis of, 729tree diagram for, 483
Cis–trans isomers, 116alkenes and, 186–187cycloalkanes and, 115–116requirements for, 187
Citrate, biosynthesis of, 804–805,906–907
Citrate synthase, active site in, 805function of, 804mechanism of, 806molecular model of, 805
Citric acid, molecular model of, 28Citric acid cycle, 819, 905–910
requirements for, 905result of, 910steps in, 906
Citrulline, argininosuccinate from,828–830
from ornithine, 828–829reaction with aspartate, 828–830
Claisen condensation reaction, 708–710�-oxidation and, 941biological, 718–719fatty acid biosynthesis and, 720intramolecular, 711–713mechanism of, 709–710requirements for, 709
Cocaine, specific rotation of, 327structure of, 735synthesis of, 733
Coconut oil, composition of, 929Coding strand (DNA), 987Codon (mRNA), 988
table of, 988Coenzyme, 170, 802
functions of, 802–803table of, 802–803
Coenzyme A, structure and function of,802
see also Acetyl CoACoenzyme Q, 520
function of, 1004Cofactor (enzyme), 802Color, perception of, 442–443
UV spectroscopy and, 442–443Combinatorial chemistry, 306–307
kinds of, 307Combinatorial library, 306Common cold, vitamin C and, 619Complex carbohydrate, 852
biological hydrolysis of, 892–893Concanavalin A, � sheet in, 798
ribbon model of, 798Condensed structure, 22
rules for drawing, 22–23Cone cells, vision and, 443Configuration, 328
assignment of, 328–330chirality centers and, 328–330Fischer projections and, 855inversion of, 368–370R, 329S, 329
Conformation (cyclohexane), 97calculating energy of, 133E2 reactions and, 397
Conformational analysis (cyclohexane),128–130
Coniine, molecular model of, 28Conjugate acid, 50Conjugate base, 50Conjugate nucleophilic addition reaction,
580–583biological, 582mechanism of, 581Michael reactions and, 713–715
Conjugated diene(s), 2451,2 addition reactions of, 248–2491,4 addition reactions of, 248–249allylic carbocations from, 249electrophilic addition reactions of,
248–249electrostatic potential map of, 248heats of hydrogenation of, 245molecular orbitals in, 247reaction with HBr, 248–249stability of, 245–248
Conjugation, 245ultraviolet spectroscopy and, 441
Constitutional isomers, 83kinds of, 84
Contraceptive, steroid, 963Copper(II) chloride, aromatic iodination
and, 284Coprostanol, structure of, 334Corn oil, composition of, 929Coronene, structure of, 278
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-8
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-9
Cortisone, structure of, 111Couper, Archibald Scott, 6Coupled reactions, ATP and,
820–821Coupling (NMR), 477
see also Spin–spin splittingCoupling constant, 478
size of, 478use of, 478
Covalent bond, 8molecular orbital theory of, 21–22polar, 36rotation around, 115valence bond theory of, 10–20
COX-2, see CyclooxygenaseCOX-2 inhibitors, 2Crick, Francis H. C., 982Crotonaldehyde, structure of, 558Crotonic acid, 13C NMR absorptions in,
618Crum Brown, Alexander, 7Crystallization, fractional, 338Curved arrow, electron movement
and, 45guidelines for using, 154–156polar reactions and, 149, 154–156meaning of, 58–59
Cyanocobalamin, structure of, 1009Cyanocycline A, structure of, 614Cyanogenic glycoside, 614Cycloalkane(s), 112
angle strain in, 118Baeyer strain theory and, 118cis–trans isomerism in, 115–116naming, 112–114representation of, 112strain energies of, 118
Cycloalkene, naming, 183Cyclobutadiene, antiaromaticity of,
274electrostatic potential map of, 274Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 274
Cyclobutane, angle strain in, 120conformation of, 120molecular model of, 120strain energy of, 118torsional strain in, 120
Cyclodecane, strain energy of, 118Cyclodecapentaene, molecular model of,
275Cycloheptane, strain energy of, 118Cycloheptatrienyl cation, aromaticity of,
315Cyclohexa-1,3-diene, heat of
hydrogenation of, 271UV absorption of, 441
Cyclohexane, axial bonds in, 123–125barrier to ring flip in, 125chair conformation of, 122–125conformational analysis of, 126–1301,3-diaxial interactions in, 126–128drawing chair form of, 122equatorial bonds in, 123–125IR spectrum of, 448ring-flip in, 125strain energy of, 118twist-boat conformation of, 123
Cyclohexanol, IR spectrum of, 52913C NMR spectrum of, 530
Cyclohexanone, aldol reaction of, 702enol content of, 683enolate ion of, 689IR spectrum of, 58413C NMR absorptions of, 585
Cyclohexene, heat of hydrogenation of,271
IR spectrum of, 449Cyclohexenones, from 1,5-diketones,
707–708Cyclohexylamine, IR spectrum of, 762Cyclohexylmethanol, 1H NMR spectrum
of, 484Cyclononane, strain energy of, 118Cyclooctane, strain energy of, 118Cyclooctatetraene dianion, aromaticity
of, 315electrostatic potential map of, 274Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 274reactivity of, 274
Cyclooxygenase, 1–2function of, 948, 950types of, 948
Cyclooxygenase reaction, arachidonicacid and, 1–2
Cyclopenta-1,3-diene, electrostaticpotential map of, 756
Cyclopentadienyl anion, aromaticity of,315
Cyclopentane, angle strain in, 120–121conformation of, 120–121molecular model of, 121strain energy of, 118torsional strain in, 120–121
Cyclopentanone, IR absorption of, 583Cyclopentenones, from 1,4-diketones,
707–708Cyclopropane, angle strain in, 119–120
bent bonds in, 119–120bond strength in, 120molecular model of, 115, 119strain energy of, 118torsional strain in, 119–120
Cystathionine, cysteine from, 849Cysteine, biosynthesis of, 849
disulfide bridges from, 788structure and properties of, 780
Cytidine, biosynthesis of, 1006catabolism of, 1002
Cytosine, electrostatic potential map of,983
molecular model of, 68protection of, 993structure of, 980
D (Debye), 38D (Bond dissociation energy), 161D Sugar, 858
Fischer projections of, 858Dacron, structure of, 665DCC, see DicyclohexylcarbodiimideDeactivating group (aromatic
substitution), 294acidity and, 610explanation of, 294–295
Deamination, 822amino acids and, 822–826mechanism of, 823–825PLP and, 823–825
Debye (D), 38cis-Decalin, conformation of, 132
molecular model of, 132, 960trans-Decalin, conformation of, 132
molecular model of, 132, 960Decane, molecular model of, 101Decarboxylation, 693
acetoacetic ester synthesis and, 696malonic ester synthesis and, 693–694orotidine monophosphate and, 1005thiamin diphosphate and, 901–903
DEET, structure of, 677Degenerate orbitals, 273Degree of unsaturation, 180
calculation of, 180–181Dehydration, alcohols, 222
alcohol mass spectrum and, 531aldol reaction and, 705–706biological, 513–514
Dehydrohalogenation, 222Delocalization (electron), 248Delta scale (NMR), 461Denature (protein), 799Deoxy sugar, 873Deoxyguanosine, catabolism of, 997–1000Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), 979–982
antisense strand of, 987base-pairing in, 982–984bases in, 980cleavage of, 991coding strand of, 987double helix in, 982–9843’ end of, 9825’ end of, 982exons in, 987fingerprinting with, 1010–1011introns in, 987major groove in, 983–984minor groove in, 983–984polymerase chain reaction and,
995–997promotor sites in, 987replication fork in, 986replication of, 985–986sense strand of, 987sequencing of, 990–992size of, 980structure of, 981–984synthesis of, 992–995template strand of, 987transcription of, 986–987Watson–Crick model of, 982–984
Deoxyribonucleotide(s), structures of,981
2’-Deoxyribose, structure of, 9801-Deoxyxylulose 5-phosphate,
isopentenyl diphosphate from, 952DEPT-NMR, 467–468
uses of, 467–468DEPT-NMR spectrum, 6-methylhept-5-en-
2-ol, 468Detectors, mass spectrometry and, 416Detergent, structure of, 932
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-9
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-10 I N D E X
Deuterium isotope effect, 395E1 reaction and, 399E2 reaction and, 395
Dextromethorphan, structure of, 324Dextrorotatory, 326Dialkyl phthalates, plasticizers and,
653–654Dialkylamine, pKa of, 690Diastereomers, 334
kinds of, 341Diastereotopic (NMR), 4721,3-Diaxial interactions, 126–128
table of, 128Diazepam, structure of, 182, 267, 283Diazomethane, reaction with carboxylic
acids, 677DIBAH, see Diisobutylaluminum hydrideDibromophosphite, leaving group ability
of, 378cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene, electrostatic
potential map of, 67trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene, electrostatic
potential map of, 67Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), amide
bond formation with, 646peptide synthesis with, 794
Dideoxy DNA sequencing, 991–9922’,3’-Dideoxyribonucleotide, 991Dieckmann cyclization, 711–713
mechanism of, 711–712Diene, conjugated, 245Diene polymers, 253–254
vulcanization of, 254Diethyl ether, synthesis of, 523
uses of, 498Diethyl malonate, alkylation of, 692–694
carboxylic acids from, 692–694Michael reactions and, 715pKa of, 690
Diethyl propanedioate, see Diethylmalonate
Diffraction limit, light waves and, 720Digestion, 819Digitoxin, structure of, 868Dihedral angle, 98Dihydrogen phosphate ion, pKa of, 52Dihydrolipoamide, oxidation by FAD, 904Dihydroorotase, 1003Dihydroorotate dehydrogenase, 1004Dihydroxyacetone phosphate, fructose
1,6-bisphosphate from, 917–918isomerization of, 897–898
Diisobutylaluminum hydride, reactionwith esters, 560, 658
Diisopropylamine, pKa of, 690, 743reaction with butyllithium, 689
1,3-Diketone, pKa of, 690Dimethyl ether, electrostatic potential
map of, 59, 523Dimethyl sulfide, bond angle in, 20
molecular model of, 20sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 20structure of, 20
Dimethyl sulfoxide, electrostaticpotential map of, 41
formal charges in, 40–42skin penetration by, 528SN2 reaction and, 379
Dimethylallyl diphosphate (DMAPP),from isopentenyl diphosphate, 956
terpenoid biosynthesis and, 956–958Dimethylamine, electrostatic potential
map of, 740cis-1,2-Dimethylcyclohexane,
conformational analysis of, 128–130trans-1,2-Dimethylcyclohexane,
conformational analysis of, 128–130cis-1,2-Dimethylcyclopropane, molecular
model of, 116trans-1,2-Dimethylcyclopropane,
molecular model of, 116Dimethylformamide, SN2 reaction and,
3792,2-Dimethylpropane, mass spectrum of,
418molecular model of, 83
N,N-Dimethyltryptamine, molecularmodel of, 761
Diol, 236from alkenes, 236–239from epoxides, 236–238
DiPAMP ligand, amino acid synthesisand, 785–786
Dipole moment (�), 38polar covalent bonds and, 38–39table of, 39
Dipole–dipole forces, 62Disaccharide, 873–876
1→4-links in, 874–875synthesis of, 878
Disparlure, 543Dispersion forces, 62
alkanes and, 96Distortionless enhancement by
polarization transfer, see DEPT-NMRDisulfide, 521
electrostatic potential map of, 80from thiols, 521polarity of, 80reduction of, 521thiols from, 521
Disulfide bridge, peptides and, 788Diterpene, 209Diterpenoid, 951DMAPP, see Dimethylallyl diphosphate,
956DMF, see DimethylformamideDMSO, see Dimethyl sulfoxideDMT (dimethoxytrityl ether), 993DNA, see Deoxyribonucleic acidDNA fingerprinting, 1010–1011
reliability of, 1010–1011STR loci and, 1010–1011
DNA polymerase, 991Dopamine, molecular model of, 748Double bond, electronic structure of, 14–16
length of, 15–16molecular orbitals in, 22see also Alkenestrength of, 15–16
Double helix (DNA), 982–984Doublet (NMR), 478Downfield (NMR), 460Drugs, approval procedure for, 171
chiral, 351–352origin of, 171
E configuration, 188assignment of, 188–190
E1 reaction, 393, 398carbocations and, 399deuterium isotope effect and, 399kinetics of, 399mechanism of, 398–399rate-limiting step in, 399stereochemistry of, 399
E1cB reaction, 393, 400biological, 400carbanion intermediate in, 400mechanism of, 400rate-limiting step in, 400requirements for, 400
E2 reaction, 393, 394alcohol oxidation and, 518cyclohexane conformation and, 397deuterium isotope effect and, 395kinetics of, 395mechanism of, 394–395menthyl chloride and, 397neomenthyl chloride and, 397periplanar geometry of, 395–397rate law for, 395rate-limiting step in, 395stereochemistry of, 397
Ebonite, structure of, 254Eclipsed conformation, 97
molecular model of, 97Edman degradation, 790–792
mechanism of, 790–791Eicosanoid, 948–950
biosynthesis of, 948–950naming of, 948–949
Elaidic acid, structure of, 930Electromagnetic radiation, 425
amplitude of, 426characteristics of, 425–426energy of, 427frequency of, 426kinds of, 425speed of, 426wavelength of, 426
Electromagnetic spectrum, 425regions in, 425
Electron, delocalization of, 248lone-pair, 9nonbonding, 9spin of, 6
Electron configuration, ground state, 5
rules for assigning, 5–6Table of, 6
Electron-dot structure, 8Electron-impact mass spectrometry,
416–417Electron movement, curved arrows
and, 58–59Electron shell, 4Electron-transport chain, 819Electronegativity, 36
inductive effects and, 37polar covalent bonds and, 36–37table of, 36
Electrophile, 149–150characteristics of, 155curved arrows and, 154–156
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-10
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-11
electrostatic potential maps of, 150examples of, 150
Electrophilic addition reaction, 195–196carbocation rearrangements in,
206–208energy diagram of, 164–167Hammond postulate and, 204–206intermediate in, 166Markovnikov’s rule and, 198–199mechanism of, 152–154, 195–196regiospecificity of, 198–199stereochemistry and, 342–344
Electrophilic aromatic substitutionreaction, 281
arylamines and, 753–754inductive effects in, 294–295kinds of, 281pyridine and, 758pyrrole and, 756–757resonance effects in, 294–295substituent effects in, 292–297
Electrophoresis, 784DNA sequencing and, 992
Electrospray ionization massspectrometry, see ESI massspectrometry
Electrostatic potential map, 37acetaldehyde, 549acetamide, 639, 673, 743acetate ion, 44, 54, 57, 607acetic acid, 54, 56acetic acid dimer, 605acetic anhydride, 639acetone, 56, 57, 80, 555acetone anion, 57acetonitrile, 615acetyl azide, 673acetyl chloride, 555, 639acetylide anion, 253acid anhydride, 639acid chloride, 639acyl cation, 290adenine, 983alanine, 778alanine zwitterion, 778alcohol, 79alkene, 79, 152alkyl halide, 79alkyne, 79allyl carbocation, 249, 385amide, 639amine, 80ammonia, 150aniline, 744anilinium ion, 744anisole, 623arene, 79benzaldehyde, 294benzene, 44, 271, 294benzoquinone, 519benzyl carbocation, 385boron trifluoride, 59, 151bromomethane, 150bromonium ion, 225but-3-en-2-one, 581buta-1,3-diene, 248carbonyl compound, 80, 150carboxylic acid derivatives, 639
chlorobenzene, 294chloromethane, 37, 147conjugated diene, 248cyclobutadiene, 274cyclooctatetraene, 274cyclopenta-1,3-diene, 756cytosine, 983cis-1,2-dichloroethylene, 67trans-1,2-dichloroethylene, 67dimethyl ether, 59, 523dimethyl sulfoxide, 41dimethylamine, 740disulfide, 80DNA base pairs, 983electrophiles, 150enamine, 716enol, 682, 685enolate ion, 688, 692ester, 639ethane, 152ether, 79ethoxide ion, 607ethylene, 78, 152fatty-acid carboxylate, 932formaldehyde, 173formate ion, 607Grignard reagent, 367guanine, 983histidine, 782HOSO2
�, 286hydrogen bond, 63, 501hydronium ion, 150hydroxide ion, 54, 150imidazole, 61, 276menthene, 78methanethiol, 173methanol, 37, 56, 57, 148, 501methoxide ion, 57methyl acetate, 639methyl anion, 253methyl thioacetate, 639methylamine, 38, 57, 743methyllithium, 37, 147methylmagnesium chloride, 567methylmagnesium iodide, 367naphthalene, 279nitronium ion, 285nucleophiles, 150nucleophilic addition reaction, 562penta-1,4-diene, 248phenol, 294phosphate, 79polar covalent bonds and, 37protonated methanol, 148purine, 761pyridine, 276pyrimidine, 276pyrrole, 276, 756pyrrolidine, 756SN2 reaction, 373sulfide, 80thioanisole, 623thioester, 639thiol, 80thymine, 983toluene, 311trifluoromethylbenzene, 311trimethylamine, 740
vinylic anion, 253water, 54, 150zwitterion, 778
Elimination reaction(s), 142mechanisms of, 393–400summary of, 401
Embden–Meyerhof pathway, 893–900see also Glycolysis
Enamido acid, amino acids from,785–786
Enamine, 568conjugate addition reactions of, 717electrostatic potential map of, 716from aldehydes, 568–571from ketones, 568–571mechanism of formation of, 570Michael reactions of, 717 nucleophilicity of, 716reaction with enones, 717
Enantiomeric excess, 587 Enantiomers, 320
discovery of, 327–328resolution of, 338–340
Enantioselective synthesis, 352, 587Enantiotopic (NMR), 471–472Endergonic reaction, 158
Hammond postulate and, 205Endothermic reaction, 159-ene, alkene name ending, 182Energy diagram, see also Reaction energy
diagram, 163–164Energy-rich bonds, explanation of,
161–162Enethiol, 497Enflurane, molecular model of, 325Enol, 497, 682
�-substitution reaction and, 685–686electrostatic potential map of, 682, 685from aldehydes, 682–684from ketones, 682–684mechanism of acid-catalyzed formation
of, 683mechanism of base-catalyzed formation
of, 684reactivity of, 685–687
Enolase, 900Enolate ion, 553, 684
alkylation of, 691–699electrostatic potential map of, 688, 692reactivity of, 691–692resonance in, 688
Enone, conjugate addition reactions ofamines, 582
conjugate addition reactions of water,582
from aldehydes, 705–706from aldol reaction, 705–706from ketones, 705–706IR absorption of, 583molecular orbitals of, 706reaction with amines, 582reaction with water, 582stability of, 705–706synthesis of, 688
Enoyl-CoA hydratase, 940Entgegen, E configuration and, 188Enthalpy change (�H), 159
explanation of, 159
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-11
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-12 I N D E X
Entner–Douderoff pathway, 923Entropy change (�S), 160
explanation of, 160Enzyme, 168–169, 800–801
active site in, 169classification of, 801naming, 801rate enhancements in, 800specificity of, 800stereochemistry of reactions, 350–351substrates for, 800transition state stabilization by, 800turnover number of, 800visualization of, 844–845
Ephedrine, structure of, 65Epibatidine, molecular model of, 363Epimers, 334Epinephrine, biosynthesis of, 390–391Epoxide(s), 235
acid-catalyzed cleavage of, 236–238alcohols from, 505base-catalyzed cleavage of, 5261,2-diols from, 236–238from alkenes, 235–237from halohydrins, 236mechanism of cleavage of, 237–238reaction with acids, 236–238reaction with base, 526reaction with HCl, 378SN2 reactions of, 378synthesis of, 235–237
Equations, conventions for writing, 197Equatorial bonds (cyclohexane), 123
drawing, 124Equilibrium constant, Keq, 157
free-energy change and, 159Ergosterol, UV absorption of, 451Erlenmeyer, Emil, 7Erythronolide B, structure of, 355Erythrose, configuration of, 860ESI mass spectrometry, 424Essential amino acid, 838
biological precursors of, 839Essential monosaccharide, 872–873
biosynthesis of, 873Essential oil, 209Ester(s), 633
acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of, 655–656alcohols from, 507–510, 657–658aldehydes from, 560, 658alkylation of, 698amides from, 657aminolysis of, 657�-keto esters from, 711–713base-catalyzed hydrolysis of, 654–655carbonyl condensation reactions of,
708–710carboxylic acids from, 654–656electrostatic potential map of, 639from acid anhydrides, 652from acid chlorides, 650from alcohols, 515–516from carboxylate ions, 643from carboxylic acids, 643–645Grignard reaction of, 509–510, 658IR spectroscopy of, 436–437, 667mechanism of hydrolysis of, 654–656
mechanism of Grignard reaction of, 658mechanism of reduction of, 657naming, 635NMR spectroscopy of, 667–668nucleophilic acyl substitution reactions
of, 654–658occurrence of, 653partial reduction of, 560pKa of, 690polarity of, 80reaction with amines, 657reaction with DIBAH, 560, 658reaction with Grignard reagents,
509–510, 658reaction with LDA, 698reaction with LiAlH4, 507–508, 657reduction of, 507–508, 657–658saponification of, 654–655uses of, 653
Estradiol, structure and function of,962–963
Estrogen, 962–963function of, 962
Estrone, structure and function of,962–963
Ethane, bond angles in, 13–14bond lengths in, 13–14bond rotation in, 96–98bond strengths in, 13–14conformations of, 96–98eclipsed conformation of, 97electrostatic potential map of, 152molecular model of, 9, 14, 83rotational barrier in, 97sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 13–14staggered conformation of, 97structure of, 14torsional strain in, 97
Ethanol, from pyruvate, 923history of, 532industrial synthesis of, 227, 498IR spectrum of, 427LD50 of, 26metabolism of, 532physiological effects of, 532pKa of, 52, 502toxicity of, 532U.S. production of, 498
Ether(s), 497alcohols from, 525–526alkyl halides from, 525–526bond angles in, 523cleavage of with HI, 525–526cleavage of with trifluoroacetic acid,
526electrostatic potential map of, 79from alcohols, 523–524from alkyl halides, 524IR spectroscopy of, 529naming, 522NMR spectroscopy of, 530polarity of, 79properties of, 523reaction with HI, 525–526uses of, 498
Ethoxide ion, electrostatic potential mapof, 607
Ethyl acetate, ethyl acetoacetate from,709–710
1H NMR spectrum of, 667Ethyl acetoacetate, see Malonic esterEthyl acrylate, 13C NMR absorptions in,
466Ethyl alcohol, see EthanolEthyl benzoate, 13C NMR spectrum of,
492Ethyl cation, molecular orbital of, 203Ethyl group, 86Ethylcyclopentane, mass spectrum of,
420Ethylene, bond angles in, 15–16
bond lengths in, 15–16bond strengths in, 15–16electrostatic potential map of, 78, 152ethanol from, 227heat of hydrogenation of, 194hormonal activity of, 179molecular model of, 15molecular orbitals in, 22pKa of, 252polymerization of, 240–241reaction with H2O, 151–154sp2 hybrid orbitals in, 14–16structure of, 14–16
Ethylene dichloride, synthesis of, 224Ethylene glycol, acetals from, 574
manufacture of, 237uses of, 237
N-Ethylpropylamine, mass spectrum of,764
Ethynylestradiol, structure and functionof, 963
Exergonic reaction, 158Hammond postulate and, 205
Exon (DNA), 987Exothermic reaction, 159
FAD, see Flavin adenine dinucleotideFADH2, see Flavin adenine dinucleotide
(reduced),Faraday, Michael, 269Farnesyl diphosphate, biosynthesis of,
957–958squalene from, 957, 964
Farnesyl diphosphate synthase, 957Fat(s), 928
biological hydrolysis of, 656–657,934–937
catabolism of, 934–942energy content of, 928saponification of, 931table of, 929
Fatty acid(s), 928acetyl CoA from, 937–942biosynthesis of, 943–947catabolism of, 937–942Claisen reactions in biosynthesis of,
720fatty acyl CoAs from, 937mechanism of biosynthesis, 943–947melting point trends in, 930polyunsaturated, 928table of, 929trans, 234, 930
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-12
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-13
Fatty acyl CoA, formation of, 649, 937Fatty acid biosynthesis, differences from
fatty acid catabolism, 943loading reaction in, 945overall result of, 947priming reactions in, 943–944
Fatty acid carboxylate, electrostaticpotential map of, 932
Fatty acid catabolism, differences fromfatty acid biosynthesis, 943
Fatty acid synthase, 943Favorskii reaction, 629Fehling’s test, 870Fenoprofen, synthesis of, 611Fibrous protein, 797Fingerprint region (IR), 430First-order reaction, 381Fischer, Emil, 853Fischer esterification reaction, 644–645
limitations of, 644mechanism of, 644–645
Fischer projection, 853–856carbohydrates and, 854–856D sugars, 858L, sugars, 858–859rotation of, 854–855R,S configuration of, 855conventions for, 854
Fishhook arrow, radical reactions and,143–144
Flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD),mechanism of, 939–940
structure and function of, 803, 939Flavin adenine dinucleotide (reduced),
structure of, 939Flavin hydroperoxide, alkene
epoxidation with, 236–237, 965Flavin mononucleotide (FMN),
mechanism of, 1004Flavin mononucleotide (reduced),
function of, 1001, 1004Fleming, Alexander, 668Flexibilene, structure of, 975Florey, Howard, 668(S)-Fluoxetine, molecular model of,
350stereochemistry of, 350
FMN, see Flavin mononucleotideFmoc, amino acid protection with, 796
cleavage of, 813Food, catabolism of, 818–819Food and Drug Administration (FDA),
171Formal charge, 40–42
calculation of, 42summary table of, 42
Formaldehyde, dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 173hydrate of, 565reaction with Grignard reagents,
509–510U.S. production of, 557uses of, 557
Formate ion, bond lengths in, 607electrostatic potential map of, 607
Formic acid, bond lengths in, 607pKa of, 606
N-Formiminoglutamate, reaction withtetrahydrofolate, 836–837
Formyl group, 559Fourier-transform NMR spectroscopy
(FT-NMR), 462–463Fractional crystallization, 338Fragmentation (mass spectrum), 417–420Free-energy change (�G), 158Free radical, 144Fremy’s salt, 519Frequency (�), 426Friedel–Crafts acylation reaction, 290
acyl cations in, 290arylamines and, 753–754mechanism of, 290
Friedel–Crafts alkylation reaction,288–289
arylamines and, 753–754carbocation rearrangements in, 289limitations of, 288–289mechanism of, 288
Fructose, anomers of, 863–864furanose form of, 864phosphorylation of, 896pyranose form of, 864sweetness of, 880
Fructose 1,6-bisphosphatase, 918FT-NMR, 462–463L-Fucose, biosynthesis of, 926
structure and function of, 872Fumarase, 909Fumarate, from succinate, 909
malate from, 909Fumaric acid, structure of, 603Functional group(s), 75
carbonyl compounds and, 80electronegative atoms in, 79–80importance of, 78IR spectroscopy of, 430–437multiple bonds in, 78–79polarity patterns of, 148table of, 76–77
Furan, industrial synthesis of, 755Furanose, 863Fused-ring heterocycle, 759–761
�, see GammaGalactose, biosynthesis of, 923
configuration of, 860metabolism of, 543
Gamma-aminobutyric acid, structure of,779
Gamma rays, electromagnetic spectrumand, 425
Gasoline, composition of, 103octane number of, 103
Gatterman–Koch reaction, 317Gauche conformation, 99
steric strain in, 99Gel electrophoresis, DNA sequencing
and, 992Gem (geminal), 564Geminal (gem), 564Gene, 986
number of in humans, 1, 992Genome, human, 986Geraniol, biosynthesis of, 390–391
Geranyl diphosphate, biosynthesis of,957–958
terpenoids from, 958Gibbs free-energy change (�G), 158
equilibrium constant and, 159Globo H hexasaccharide, structure of, 880Globular protein, 797Glucitol, structure of, 869Glucocorticoid, 963Glucogenic amino acid, 832Gluconeogenesis, 913–919
comparison with glycolysis, 919steps in, 914–915summary of, 919
�-D-Glucopyranose, molecular model of,863
�-D-Glucopyranose, molecular model of,863
Glucosamine, biosynthesis of, 924Glucose, anomers of, 863
biosynthesis of, 912–919catabolism of, 893–900chair conformation of, 123configuration of, 860ethers from, 524Fischer projection of, 856from starch, 892–893glycosides of, 867isomerization of, 895–896molecular model of, 130mutarotation of, 863–864oxidation of, 870–871pentaacetyl ester of, 866pentamethyl ether of, 866phosphorylation of, 895pyranose form of, 863reaction with acetic anhydride, 866reaction with ATP, 821reaction with iodomethane, 866reduction of, 869sweetness of, 880Williamson ether synthesis with, 866
Glucose 6-phosphate, hydrolysis of, 918Glucose-6-phosphate isomerase, 895Glutamate, arginine from, 840–841
biosynthesis of, 838glutamine from, 840ornithine from, 841oxidative deamination of, 826partial reduction of, 840–841proline from, 841transamination and, 822–825
Glutamate dehydrogenase, 826Glutamate 5-semialdehyde, from
glutamate, 841proline from, 750
Glutamic acid, structure and propertiesof, 781
Glutamine, biosynthesis of, 839–840from glutamate, 840structure and properties of, 780
Glutamine synthetase, 839Glutaric acid, structure of, 603Glutathione, oxidation of, 522
prostaglandin biosynthesis and, 948,950
structure of, 522
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-13
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-14 I N D E X
Glycal, 878Glycal assembly method, 878(–)-Glyceraldehyde, configuration of, 330(R)-Glyceraldehyde, Fischer projection
of, 854molecular model of, 855
Glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate, fromdihydroxyacetone phosphate,897–898
fructose 1,6-bisphosphate from,917–918
Glyceraldehyde-3-phosphatedehydrogenase, 917
Glyceric acid, structure of, 603Glycerol, biological oxidation of, 937
catabolism of, 934–937sn-Glycerol 3-phosphate, naming of, 937Glycerophospholipid, 933Glycine, structure and properties of, 780Glycoconjugate(s), 868
biosynthesis of, 868–869mechanism of formation of, 868–869
Glycogen, function of, 877structure of, 877–878
Glycol, 236Glycolic acid, pKa of, 606
structure of, 603Glycolipid(s), 868Glycolysis, 893–900
comparison with gluconeogenesis, 919steps in, 894–895summary of, 900
Glycoprotein(s), 868biosynthesis of, 868–869
Glycosidase, 800, 877, 892�-, 877, 892mechanism of, 892–893
Glycoside, 867hydrolysis of, 868naming, 868occurrence of, 868–869
Glyoxalate cycle, 922GMP synthetase, 1007GPP, see Geranyl diphosphateGreen chemistry, 764–765
principles of, 764–765Grignard, François Auguste Victor, 367Grignard reaction, aldehydes and,
509–510, 567esters and, 509–510, 658formaldehyde and, 509–510ketones and, 509–510, 567mechanism of, 567strategy for using, 511
Grignard reagent, 367alkanes from, 368carboxylation of, 612carboxylic acids from, 612electrostatic potential map of, 367from alkyl halides, 367reaction with acids, 368reaction with aldehydes, 509–510, 567reaction with carboxylic acids, 510reaction with CO2, 612reaction with esters, 509–510, 658reaction with formaldehyde, 509–510reaction with ketones, 509–510, 567
Griseofulvin, synthesis of, 732Guanine, aromaticity of, 280
biological hydrolysis of, 999catabolism of, 997–1000electrostatic potential map of, 983phosphorolysis of, 998protection of, 993structure of, 980xanthine from, 997–998
Guanine deaminase, 998Guanosine, biosynthesis of, 1007–1008
catabolism of, 997–1000Gulose, configuration of, 860Guncotton, 876
H5N1 virus, 920Halo group, inductive effect of, 294–295Haloalkane, see Alkyl halideHalogen, directing effect of, 294
inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294resonance effect of, 294–295
Halohydrin(s), 226epoxides from, 236reaction with base, 236
Haloperoxidase, biological halogenationswith, 225
biological halohydrin formation with,227
Hammond postulate, 204–206SN1 reaction and, 385
Handedness, 319–320HDL, heart disease and, 970Heart disease, cholesterol and, 970Heat of hydrogenation, 193
table of, 194Heat of reaction, 159Helminthogermacrene, structure of, 972Heme, cyclooxygenase reaction and, 1–2
structure of, 755Hemiacetal, 572Hemithioacetal, 898Henderson–Hasselbalch equation,
608–609carboxylic acids and, 608–609amines and, 745–746
Hertz (Hz), 426Heterocycle, 275
aromatic, 275–277fused-ring, 759–761
Heterocyclic amine, 738, 755–759basicity of, 742names of, 738
HETPP, see Hydroxyethylthiamindiphosphate
Hevea brasieliensis, rubber from, 253Hex-1-ene, IR spectrum of, 432Hex-2-ene, mass spectrum of, 421Hex-1-yne, IR spectrum of, 432Hexa-1,3,5-triene, UV absorption of, 441Hexane, IR spectrum of, 432
mass spectrum of, 419molecular model of, 14
Hexokinase, 895active site in, 169function of, 169molecular model of, 169
High-pressure liquid chromatography, 445Highest occupied molecular orbital
(HOMO), 439UV spectroscopy and, 439
Histidine, basicity of, 757catabolism of, 835–837electrostatic potential map of, 782structure and properties of, 781trans-urocanate from, 835–836
Histidine ammonia lyase, 835HMG-CoA, see 3-Hydroxy-3-
methylglutaryl CoA, 954HMG-CoA reductase, cholesterol
biosynthesis and, 1009Hoffmann-LaRoche Co., vitamin C
synthesis and, 619Hofmann elimination reaction, 414,
751–752biological, 752mechanism of, 752regiochemistry of, 752Zaitsev’s rule and, 752
HOMO, see Highest occupied molecularorbital, 439
homo-, as naming prefix, 842Homocysteine, structure of, 779Homoserine, biosynthesis of, 842–843
from aspartate, 842–843threonine from, 843–844
Homotopic (NMR), 471Honey, sugars in, 875Hormone, 962
adrenocortical, 963sex, 962–963
HPLC, 445Hückel, Erich, 273Hückel 4n � 2 rule, 273–275
cyclobutadiene and, 274cycloheptatrienyl cation and, 315cyclooctatetraene and, 274cyclopentadienyl anion and, 315explanation of, 274–275imidazole and, 276–277molecular orbitals and, 274–275pyridine and, 276–277pyrimidine and, 276–277pyrrole and, 276–277
Hughes, Edward Davies, 372Human fat, composition of, 929Human genome, size of, 986, 992Humulene, structure of, 209Hund’s rule, 6Hybrid orbitals, 12–20
sp, 17–18sp2, 15sp3, 12–14
Hydrate (carbonyl), 561from aldehydes, 564–566from ketones, 564–566
Hydration (alkene), 227–230Hydride shift, carbocation
rearrangements and, 207–208Hydroboration, 229–230
mechanism of, 229–230regiochemistry of, 229–230, 484stereochemistry of, 229–230
Hydrocarbon, 82
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-14
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-15
Hydrochloric acid, pKa of, 52Hydrocortisone, structure and function
of, 963Hydrocyanic acid, pKa of, 52Hydrogen bond, 63
alcohols and, 501amines and, 740ammonia and, 63carboxylic acids and, 605DNA and, 63DNA base pairs and, 983electrostatic potential map, 63, 501phenols and, 501water and, 63
Hydrogen iodide, ether cleavage with,525–526
Hydrogen molecule, bond length in, 11bond strength in, 11molecular orbitals in, 21–22
Hydrogen peroxide, reaction withorganoboranes, 229–230
Hydrogenation, 232alkenes and, 232–234alkyne, 251catalysts for, 232mechanism of, 232–233stereochemistry of, 232–233trans fatty acids and, 234, 930vegetable oil, 930
Hydrolase, 801Hydrolysis (nucleophilic acyl
substitution reaction), 640amides, 659–660esters, 654–656fats, 656–657nitriles, 616proteins, 660
Hydronium ion, electrostatic potentialmap of, 150
Hydrophilic, 64Hydrophobic, 64Hydroquinone, 519
from quinones, 519–520Hydroxide ion, electrostatic potential
map of, 54, 1503-Hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA,
reduction of, 9543-Hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA
reductase, 9543-Hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-CoA
synthase, 954Hydroxyacetic acid, pKa of, 606L-3-Hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase,
mechanism of, 940Hydroxyethylthiamin diphosphate, from
pyruvate, 903reaction with lipoamide, 904
Hydroxyl group, directing effect of,294–296
inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294–296resonance effect of, 294–295
Hydroxylation, alkene, 237–239Hydroxylation, aromatic, 286–287Hyperconjugation, 194
alkenes and, 194carbocation stability and, 202–203
Hypoxanthine, biological oxidation of,1000
from adenosine, 1000
Ibuprofen, chirality and, 352green synthesis of, 765molecular model of, 352stereochemistry of, 352
Idose, configuration of, 860Imidazole, aromaticity of, 276–277
basicity of, 742, 757electrostatic potential map of, 61,
276Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 276–277
Imidazolone 5-propionate, from trans-urocanate, 836–837
hydrolysis of, 836Imine(s), 568
from aldehydes, 568–569from ketones, 568–569mechanism of formation of, 569Schiff base and, 897
IMP dehydrogenase, 1007IND, see Investigational new drug, 171Indole, aromaticity of, 279
electrophilic substitution reaction of,761
structure of, 760Indolmycin, biosynthesis of, 700Inductive effect, 37, 294–295
carboxylic acid strength and, 609electronegativity and, 37electrophilic aromatic substitution and,
294–295Influenza pandemics, 920Influenza virus, spread of, 920Infrared radiation, electromagnetic
spectrum and, 425–426energy of, 428–429frequencies of, 429wavelengths of, 429
Infrared spectroscopy, 428–429acid anhydrides, 667acid chlorides, 667alcohols, 436, 529aldehydes, 436, 583–584alkanes, 434alkenes, 434alkynes, 434–435amides, 667amines, 436, 762aromatic compounds, 435bond stretching in, 429carbonyl compounds, 436–437carboxylic acid derivatives, 666–667carboxylic acids, 617esters, 436–437, 667ethers, 529explanation of, 429fingerprint region in, 430ketones, 436, 583–584molecular motions in, 429nitriles, 617phenols, 529regions in, 430table of absorptions in, 431vibrations in, 429
Infrared spectrum, benzaldehyde, 584butanoic acid, 617cyclohexane, 448cyclohexanol, 529cyclohexanone, 584cyclohexene, 449cyclohexylamine, 762ethanol, 427hex-1-ene, 432hex-1-yne, 432hexane, 432interpretation of, 430–437phenol, 529phenylacetaldehyde, 437toluene, 435
Ingold, Christopher Kelk, 372Initiation step (radical), 145Inosine, biosynthesis of, 1006–1007Inosine monophosphate, oxidation of,
1007–1008Integration (1H NMR), 476Intermediate, See Reaction intermediateIntoxilyzer test, 532Intramolecular aldol reaction, 707–708
mechanism of, 707–708Intramolecular Claisen reaction, 711–713
mechanism of, 711–712Intron (DNA), 987Invert sugar, 875Investigational new drug (IND), 171Iodination (aromatic), 284
thyroxine biosynthesis and, 284Iodoform reaction, 680Ion pair, 384
SN1 reaction and, 384Ionic bond, 8Ionization sources, mass spectrometry
and, 416IPP, see Isopentenyl diphosphate, 951IPP isomerase, 956IR, see InfraredIron, reaction with nitroarenes, 747Iron(III) bromide, aromatic bromination
and, 282Iron sulfate, LD50 of, 26Isoamyl group, 93Isoborneol, structure of, 976Isobutane, molecular model of, 83Isobutyl group, 87Isocitrate, from citrate, 906–907
oxalosuccinate from, 908oxidation of, 908
Isocitrate dehydrogenase, 908Isoelectric point (pI), 783
calculation of, 783Isoleucine, metabolism of, 728
molecular model of, 335structure and properties of, 780
Isomerase, 801Isomers, 83
alkanes, 82–83cis–trans, 116, 186–187constitutional, 83epimers, 334kinds of, 341review of, 340–342stereoisomers, 116
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-15
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-16 I N D E X
Isonitrile, 412Isopentenyl diphosphate, biosynthesis of,
952–955dimethylallyl diphosphate from, 956mevalonate pathway for, 952–955terpenoids from, 956–958
Isoprene, heat of hydrogenation of, 245structure of, 184
Isoprene rule, terpenes and, 209–210Isopropyl group, 87Isoquinoline, aromaticity of, 279
electrophilic substitution reaction of,760
Isotope, 4Isoxazole, aromaticity of, 313IUPAC system of nomenclature, 89
J, see Coupling constant, 478Jefferson, Thomas, DNA fingerprinting
and, 1010–1011
Ka (acidity constant), 51Kb, basicity constant, 741Keq (equilibrium constant), 157KEGG biosynthesis database, 807Kekulé, Friedrich August, 6Kekulé structure, 8Kelp, chloromethane from, 403Kerosene, composition of, 103Ketal, see Acetal, 572�-Keto acid, transamination of,
822–825Keto–enol tautomerism, 682–684�-Keto thioester reductase, 946�-Ketoacyl-CoA thiolase, mechanism of,
941Ketogenic amino acid, 832�-Ketoglutarate, from glutamate, 826
from oxalosuccinate, 908glutamate from, 838oxidative decarboxylation of, 908succinyl CoA from, 908transamination of, 825–826
Ketone(s), 557� bromination of, 686–687acetals from, 572–574acidity of, 690alcohols from, 506–507, 509–510,
567–568aldol reaction of, 702alkenes from, 575–577alkylation of, 698amines from, 748–750biological reduction of, 507, 580carbonyl condensation reactions of,
701–706common names of, 559conjugate addition reactions of,
580–583enamines from, 568–571enols of, 682–684enones from, 705–706from acetoacetic ester, 695–696from alcohols, 516–517Grignard reaction of, 509–510, 567hydrates of, 564–566imines from, 568–569
IR spectroscopy of, 436, 583–584mass spectrometry of, 422, 585–586McLafferty rearrangement of, 422,
585–586naming, 559NMR spectroscopy of, 584–585pKa of, 690polarity of, 80reaction with alcohols, 572–574reaction with amines, 568–571reaction with Br2, 686–687reaction with Grignard reagents,
509–510, 567reaction with H2O, 564–566reaction with LDA, 698reaction with LiAlH4, 506, 568reaction with NaBH4, 506, 568reactivity versus aldehydes, 563–564reduction of, 299–300, 506–507, 568reductive amination of,748–750Wittig reaction of, 575–577
Ketone bodies, 832Ketose, 853Kiliani–Fischer reaction, 887Kilojoule (kJ), 11Kinetics, 371
E1 reaction and, 399E2 reaction and, 395SN1 reaction and, 381–382SN2 reaction and, 371–372
Knowles, William S., 587, 786Krebs, Hans Adolf, 905Krebs cycle, see Citric acid cycle
L Amino acid, 779, 782L Sugar, 858
Fischer projections of, 858–859Labetalol, structure of, 739
synthesis of, 739Laboratory reactions, comparison with
biological reactions, 168–170Lactam(s), 661
cyclic amines from, 661reaction with LiAlH4, 661
Lactic acid, configuration of (–)enantiomer, 330
configuration of (�) enantiomer, 330
enantiomers of, 320–321molecular model of, 321resolution of, 338–340
Lactone(s), 654alkylation of, 698reaction with LDA, 698
Lactose, molecular model of, 875occurrence of, 875structure of, 875sweetness of, 880
Lanosterol, biosynthesis of, 964–969Lard, composition of, 929Latex, rubber from, 253–254Lauric acid, structure of, 929LD50, 26
table of, 26LDA, see Lithium diisopropylamideLDL, heart disease and, 970Le Bel, Joseph Achille, 7
Leaving group, 372reactivity of, 377–378SN1 reaction and, 386–387SN2 reactions and, 377–378
LeBlanc process, 931Leucine, biosynthesis of, 731
metabolism of, 728structure and properties of, 780
Leukotriene, naming of, 948–949Levorotatory, 326Lewis acid, 58
examples of, 59reactions of, 58–59
Lewis base, 58examples of, 60reactions of, 59–61
Lewis structure, 8resonance and, 43–44
Lidocaine, molecular model of, 104Ligase, 801Light, plane-polarized, 325
speed of, 426Limit dextrin, from starch, 892Limonene, biosynthesis of, 218, 958
molecular model of (–) enantiomer, 349molecular model of (�) enantiomer,
349odor of, 349
Linalyl diphosphate, biosynthesis of, 958Lindlar catalyst, 251Line-bond structure, 81→4-Link, 874Linoleic acid, structure of, 929Linolenic acid, molecular model of, 930
structure of, 929Lipase, 934
mechanism of, 935Lipid, 927
classification of, 927Lipid bilayer, 934
structure of, 934Lipitor, structure and function of, 1010Lipoamide, structure and function of, 904Lipoic acid, structure and function of,
803, 904Lipoprotein, heart disease and, 970Liquid chromatography, 444Lithium aluminum hydride, danger of,
506reaction with carboxylic acids, 647reaction with ketones and aldehydes,
506, 567Lithium diisopropylamide (LDA),
formation of, 689properties of, 689reaction with cyclohexanone, 689reaction with esters, 698reaction with ketones, 698reaction with lactones, 698reaction with nitriles, 699
Lithocholic acid, structure of, 628, 962Loading reaction, fatty acid biosynthesis
and, 945Locant (nomenclature), 91
position of in chemical names, 183Lone-pair electrons, 9Loratidine, structure of, 213
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-16
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-17
Lotaustralin, structure of, 614Lowest unoccupied molecular orbital
(LUMO), 439LUMO, see Lowest unoccupied molecular
orbital, 439Lyase, 801Lysine, catabolism of, 849
saccharopine from, 849structure and properties of, 781
Lysozyme, isoelectric point of, 784MALDI-TOF mass spectrum of, 425
Lyxose, configuration of, 860
Magnetic field, NMR spectroscopy and,456–457
Magnetic resonance imaging, 485uses of, 485
Major groove (DNA), 983–984Malate, oxaloacetate from, 910
oxidation of, 910Malate dehydrogenase, 910MALDI–TOF mass spectrometry, 424–425MALDI-TOF mass spectrum, lysozyme,
425Maleic acid, structure of, 603Malic acid, structure of, 603
Walden inversion of, 368–369Malonic ester, carboxylic acids from,
692–694decarboxylation of, 693pKa of, 690
Malonic ester synthesis, 692–694intramolecular, 694
Malonyl CoA, from acetyl CoA, 945Maltose, molecular model of, 874
mutarotation of, 874Maltotriose, from starch, 892Mannich reaction, 733Mannose, biosynthesis of, 924
configuration of, 860molecular model of, 130
Margarine, manufacture of, 930Markovnikov, Vladimir Vassilyevich, 198Markovnikov’s rule, 198–199
alkyne additions and, 251carbocation stability and, 199hydroboration and, 229–230oxymercuration and, 229
Mass analyzers, mass spectrometry and,416
Mass number (A), 4Mass spectrometer, detectors in, 416
double-focusing, 418exact mass measurement in, 418ionization sources in, 416kinds of, 416mass analyzers in, 416operation of, 416–417soft ionization in, 418, 424–425
Mass spectrometry (MS), 415alcohols, 422, 531aldehydes, 422–423, 585–586alkanes and, 418–419alpha cleavage of alcohols in, 422, 531alpha cleavage of aldehydes in, 423,
585alpha cleavage of amines in, 422, 763
alpha cleavage of ketones in, 423, 585amines, 422, 763–764base peak in, 416biological, 424–425carbonyl compounds and, 422–423cation radicals in, 416dehydration of alcohols in, 422electron-impact, 416–417ESI source in, 424fragmentation in, 417–420ketones, 422–423, 585–586MALDI source in, 424–425McLafferty rearrangement in, 422molecular ion in, 417nitrogen rule and, 447, 763parent peak in, 417time-of-flight, 424–425
Mass spectrum, 416butan-1-ol, 5312,2-dimethylpropane, 418ethylcyclopentane, 420hex-2-ene, 421hexane, 419lysozyme, 425methylcyclohexane, 4202-methylpent-2-ene, 4212-methylpentan-2-ol, 4232-methylpentane, 4475-methylhexan-2-one, 586N-ethylpropylamine, 764propane, 417
Matrix-assisted laser-desorptionionization mass spectrometry, seeMALDI
Maxam–Gilbert DNA sequencing, 991McLafferty rearrangement, 422, 585Mechanism (reaction), 143
acetal formation, 572–573acid-catalyzed enol formation, 683acid-catalyzed epoxide cleavage,
237–238, 526acid-catalyzed ester hydrolysis,
655–656alcohol dehydration with acid,
513–514alcohol dehydration with POCl3,
513–515alcohol oxidation, 518aldehyde hydration, 565–566aldehyde oxidation, 561–562aldol reaction, 702–703alkene epoxidation, 236alkene hydration, 227alkene polymerization, 240–241� bromination of aldehydes, 686–687� bromination of ketones, 686–687�-substitution reaction, 685–686amide hydrolysis, 659–660amide reduction, 661amide synthesis with DCC, 646aromatic bromination, 282–283aromatic chlorination, 283aromatic iodination, 284aromatic nitration, 285aromatic sulfonation, 286�-oxidation pathway, 938–942base-catalyzed enol formation, 684
base-catalyzed epoxide cleavage, 526base-catalyzed ester hydrolysis,
654–655biological alkene epoxidation, 236–237biological alkene reductions with
NADPH, 234–235biological epoxidation, 964–965biological hydroxylation of aromatic
compounds, 286–287biological carbonyl reduction with
NADH, 507biological carbonyl reduction with
NADPH, 507biotin-mediated carboxylation, 945bromohydrin formation, 226–227bromonium ion formation, 224Cannizzaro reaction, 579carbonyl condensation reaction, 701citric acid cycle, 905–910Claisen condensation reaction,
709–710conjugate nucleophilic additions to
enones, 581deamination, 823–825Dieckmann cyclization reaction,
711–712DNA replication, 985–986DNA transcription, 986–987E1 reaction, 399E1cB reaction, 400E2 reaction, 394–395Edman degradation, 790–791electrophilic addition reaction,
152–154, 195–196electrophilic aromatic substitution,
282–283enamine formation, 570ester reduction, 657ether cleavage with HI, 525–526FAD reactions, 939–940fat hydrolysis, 934–937fatty acid biosynthesis, 943–947fatty acyl CoA biosynthesis, 649, 937Fischer esterification reaction, 644–645Friedel–Crafts acylation reaction, 290Friedel–Crafts alkylation reaction, 288geranyl diphosphate biosynthesis,
957–958glycoconjugate biosynthesis, 868–869glycolysis, 894–895Grignard carboxylation, 612Grignard reaction, 567Hofmann elimination reaction, 752hydroboration, 229–230hydrogenation, 232–233imine formation, 569intramolecular aldol reaction, 707–708isopentenyl diphosphate biosynthesis,
952–955ketone hydration, 565–566lipase, 935mevalonate decarboxylation, 955Michael reaction, 714mutarotation, 863–864nitrile hydrolysis, 616nucleophilic acyl substitution reaction,
637–638
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-17
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-18 I N D E X
Mechanism (reaction) (continued)nucleophilic addition reaction, 562orotidine monophosphate
decarboxylase, 1005oxidative deamination, 826oxymercuration, 229phosphorylation with ATP, 820pyruvate decarboxylation, 901–903reductive amination, 749saponification, 654–655SN1 reaction, 382, 387SN2 reaction, 372–373steroid biosynthesis, 964–969Stork enamine reaction, 717transamination, 823–825transimination, 824Williamson ether synthesis, 524Wittig reaction, 575–576
Meerwein–Ponndorf–Verley reaction, 595Menthene, electrostatic potential map of,
78functional groups in, 78
Menthol, molecular model of, 121structure of, 324
Menthyl chloride, E2 reaction of, 397Mercapto group, 500Mercurinium ion, 229Merrifield solid-phase synthesis, 794–796
Fmoc protecting group in, 796PAM resin in, 796steps in, 795–796Wang resin in, 796
Meso compound, 336plane of symmetry in, 336
Messenger RNA, 986codons in, 988translation of, 987–989
Mestranol, structure of, 261Meta (m), 269Meta-directing group, 293Metabolic cycle, reasons for, 910–911Metabolic pathways, kinds of, 910Metabolism, 818
overview of, 818Methandrostenolone, structure and
function of, 963Methane, bond angles in, 13
bond lengths in, 13bond strengths in, 13molecular model of, 7, 13, 83pKa of, 252reaction with Cl2, 145sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 12–13structure of, 13
Methanethiol, bond angle in, 20dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 173molecular model of, 20pKa of, 502sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 20structure of, 20
Methanol, bond angle in, 19dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 37, 56,
57, 148, 501industrial synthesis of, 497molecular model of, 19
pKa of, 502polar covalent bond in, 36–37sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 19structure of, 19toxicity of, 497U.S. production of, 497uses of, 497
Methionine, biosynthesis of, 593molecular model of, 333reaction with ATP, 528S-adenosylmethionine from, 528structure and properties of, 780
Methoxide ion, electrostatic potentialmap of, 57
p-Methoxybenzoic acid, pKa of, 609p-Methoxypropiophenone, 1H NMR
spectrum of, 480Methyl acetate, electrostatic potential
map of, 63913C NMR spectrum of, 4581H NMR spectrum of, 458pKa of, 690
Methyl anion, electrostatic potential mapof, 253
Methyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate, 1H NMRspectrum of, 475
Methyl group, 86chiral, 414directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294
Methyl phosphate, bond angle in, 20molecular model of, 20sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 20structure of, 20
Methyl propanoate, 13C NMR spectrumof, 466
Methyl thioacetate, electrostatic potentialmap of, 639
pKa of, 690Methylamine, bond angles in, 19
dipole moment of, 39electrostatic potential map of, 38, 57,
743molecular model of, 19sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 19structure of, 19
2-Methylbutan-2-ol, 1H NMR spectrumof, 481
2-Methylbutane, molecular model of, 83Methylcyclohex-1-ene, 13C NMR
spectrum of, 470Methylcyclohexane, conformations of,
126–1271,3-diaxial interactions in, 126–127mass spectrum of, 420molecular model of, 323
1-Methylcyclohexanol, 1H NMRspectrum of, 484
2-Methylcyclohexanone, chirality of, 323molecular model of, 323
N-Methylcyclohexylamine, 13C NMRspectrum of, 763
1H NMR spectrum of, 763Methylene group, 1846-Methylhept-5-en-2-ol, DEPT-NMR
spectra of, 468
5-Methylhexan-2-one, mass spectrum of,586
4-Methylideneimidazol-5-one, formationof, 836
histidine catabolism and, 835–836Methyllithium, electrostatic potential
map of, 37, 147polar covalent bond in, 37
Methylmagnesium chloride, electrostaticpotential map of, 567
Methylmagnesium iodide, electrostaticpotential map of, 367
2-Methylpent-2-ene, mass spectrum of,421
2-Methylpentan-3-ol, mass spectrum of,423
2-Methylpentane, mass spectrum of, 447p-Methylphenol, pKa of, 5022-Methylpropane, molecular model of, 832-Methylpropene, heat of hydrogenation
of, 194Mevaldehyde, biosynthesis of, 663Mevalonate, biosynthesis of, 952–954
decarboxylation of, 954–955isopentenyl diphosphate from,
952–955Mevalonate-5-diphosphate
decarboxylase, 955Mevalonate kinase, 955Micelle, 932Michael reaction, 713–715
acceptors in, 715donors in, 715mechanism of, 714Stork enamine reaction and, 717
Microwaves, electromagnetic spectrumand, 425
Mineralocorticoid, 963Minor groove (DNA), 983–984MIO, see 4-Methylideneimidazol-5-one,
836Mobile phase, chromatography and, 444Molar absorptivity, 440Molecular ion (M�), 417Molecular mechanics, 133Molecular model, � helix, 798
acetaminophen, 28acetylene, 18adenine, 68adrenaline, 354alanine, 28, 777p-aminobenzoic acid, 25anti periplanar geometry, 396arecoline, 81aspartame, 29aspirin, 17�-D-glucopyranose, 863�-D-glucopyranose, 863p-bromoacetophenone, 465bromocyclohexane, 125butane, 83cis-but-2-ene, 186trans-but-2-ene, 186cellulose, 874chair cyclohexane, 122cholesterol, 961cholic acid, 602
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-18
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-19
citrate synthase, 805citric acid, 28coniine, 28cyclobutane, 120cyclodecapentaene, 275cyclohexane ring flip, 125cyclopentane, 121cyclopropane, 115, 119cytosine, 68cis-decalin, 132, 960trans-decalin, 132, 960decane, 101dimethyl sulfide, 20cis-1,2-dimethylcyclopropane, 116trans-1,2-dimethylcyclopropane, 116dimethylpropane, 83N,N-dimethyltryptamine, 761dopamine, 748eclipsed ethane conformation, 97enflurane, 325epibatidine, 363ethane, 9, 14, 83ethylene, 15(S)-fluoxetine, 350glucose, 130(R)-glyceraldehyde, 855hexane, 14(S)-ibuprofen, 352isobutane, 83isoleucine, 335lactic acid, 321lactose, 875lidocaine, 104(–)-limonene, 349(�)-limonene, 349linolenic acid, 930maltose, 874mannose, 130menthol, 121meso-tartaric acid, 336methane, 7, 13, 83methanethiol, 20methanol, 19methionine, 333methyl phosphate, 20methylamine, 192-methylbutane, 832-methylcyclohexanone, 323methylcyclohexane, 3232-methylpropane, 83naphthalene, 61Newman projections, 97oseltamivir, 133pentane, 83phenylalanine, 104piperidine, 753pleated sheet, 798propane, 83propane conformations, 98pseudoephedrine, 354staggered ethane conformation, 97stearic acid, 929steroid, 960sucrose, 876syn periplanar geometry, 396Tamiflu, 133tert-butyl carbocation, 202
testosterone, 132threose, 325trimethylamine, 739twist-boat cyclohexane, 123vitamin C, 619
Molecular orbital, 21antibonding, 22bonding, 22buta-1,3-diene, 247
Molecular orbital (MO) theory, 21–22benzene and, 272–275conjugated dienes and, 246–247Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 274–275
Molecular weight, determination of, 418
Molecule, 8electron-dot structures of, 8–9lone-pair electrons in, 9
Monomer, 239Monosaccharide(s), 852
aldaric acids from, 871alditols from, 868–869aldonic acids from, 870–871anomers of, 863–864configurations of, 859–861cyclic forms of, 863–864essential, 872–873esters of, 866ethers of, 866Fischer projections of, 854–856glycosides of, 867–868hemiacetal forms of, 863–864osazones from, 888oxidation of, 870–871phosphorylation of, 868reaction with acetic anhydride, 866reaction with iodomethane, 866reaction with NaBH4, 868–869reactions of, 866–871reduction of, 868–869see also Aldoseuronic acids from, 871
Monoterpene, 209Monoterpenoid, 951Morphine, specific rotation of, 326
structure of, 65MRI, see Magnetic resonance imaging,
485mRNA, see Messenger RNAMS, see Mass spectrometryMullis, Kary Banks, 995Multiplet (NMR), 476
table of, 479Mutarotation, 864
glucose and, 863–864mechanism of, 863–864
Mycomycin, stereochemistry of, 361Mylar, structure of, 665myo-Inositol, structure of, 138Myoglobin, � helix in, 798
ribbon model of, 798Myrcene, structure of, 209Myristic acid, catabolism of, 942
structure of, 929
n- (normal), 84n � 1 rule (NMR), 478
N-terminal amino acid, 787NADH, see Nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide (reduced)NADPH, see Nicotinamide adenine
dinucleotide phosphate (reduced)Naming, acid anhydrides, 634
acid chlorides, 634acid halides, 634acyl groups, 603acyl phosphates, 636alcohols, 499–500aldehydes, 558aldoses, 860–861alkanes, 89–93alkenes, 182–184alkyl groups, 86–87, 92–93alkyl halides, 364–365alkynes, 184alphabetization and, 93amides, 635amines, 736–738aromatic compounds, 268–270carboxylic acid derivatives,
634–636carboxylic acids, 602–603cycloalkanes, 112–114cycloalkenes, 183eicosanoids, 948–949enzymes, 801esters, 635ethers, 522heterocyclic amines, 738ketones, 559leukotrienes, 948–949nitriles, 604phenols, 500prostaglandins, 948–949sulfides, 523thioesters, 635thiols, 500thromboxanes, 948–949
Naphthalene, aromaticity of, 279electrostatic potential map of, 279Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 279molecular model of, 67orbitals of, 279reaction with Br2, 279resonance in, 278
Natural gas, composition of, 103thiols in, 521
Natural products, drugs from, 171Natural rubber, structure of, 254NDA, see New drug application, 171Neomenthyl chloride, E2 reaction of, 397Neopentyl group, 93
SN2 reaction and, 375Neuraminic acid, biosynthesis of, 873Neuraminidase, influenza virus and, 920New drug application (NDA), 171New molecular entity (NME), number of,
171Newman projection, 97
molecular model of, 97Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide
(NAD�), biological oxidations with,518
mechanism of oxidation with, 518
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-19
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-20 I N D E X
Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide(reduced), biological reductionswith, 507, 580
mechanism of reduction with, 507, 580structure of, 170, 507
Nicotinamide adenine dinucleotidephosphate (reduced), biologicalreductions with, 235, 507
mechanism of reduction with, 235, 507Nicotine, structure of, 30, 735Ninhydrin, reaction with amino acids,
789Nitration (aromatic), 284–285Nitric acid, pKa of, 52Nitrile(s), 604
alkylation of, 699amides from, 616amines from, 616carboxylic acids from, 611–612, 616from amides, 615hydrolysis of, 611–612, 616IR spectroscopy of, 617mechanism of hydrolysis of, 616naming, 604naturally occurring, 614NMR spectroscopy of, 618nucleophilic additions to, 615pKa of, 690reaction with LDA, 699reaction with LiAlH4, 616reactions of, 615–616reduction of, 616synthesis of, 615
Nitrile group, directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294resonance effect of, 294–295
Nitro group, directing effect of, 294inductive effect of, 294–295orienting effect of, 294resonance effect of, 294–295
Nitroarene, arylamines from, 747catalytic reduction of, 747reaction with iron, 747reaction with tin, 747reduction of, 747
Nitrobenzene, aniline from, 285reduction of, 285synthesis of, 285
p-Nitrobenzoic acid, pKa of, 609Nitrogen rule (mass spectrometry), 447,
763Nitronium ion, 284–285
electrostatic potential map of, 285p-Nitrophenol, pKa of, 502p-Nitrophenoxide ion, resonance in, 503NME, see New molecular entity, 171NMR, see Nuclear magnetic resonanceNode, 5Nomenclature, see NamingNonbonding electrons, 9Noncovalent interaction(s), 62
dipole–dipole forces and, 62dispersion forces and, 62hydrogen bonds and, 63kinds of, 62–64van der Waals forces and, 62
Nonequivalent protons, spin–spinsplitting and, 482–483
tree diagram in NMR of, 483Nonessential amino acid, 838
biological precursors of, 839Norepinephrine, biosynthesis of, 299Norethindrone, structure and function of,
963Normal (n) alkane, 83Noyori, Ryoji, 587Nuclear magnetic resonance
spectrometer, field strength of, 456operation of, 459
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy(NMR), 455
acid anhydrides, 667–668acid chlorides, 667–668alcohols, 530aldehydes, 584–585amides, 667–668amines, 762–76313C chemical shifts in, 464calibration peak for, 461carboxylic acids, 618carboxylic acid derivatives, 667–668chart of absorptions in, 461coupling constants in, 478delta scale for, 461DEPT-NMR and, 467–468diastereotopic protons and, 472enantiotopic protons and, 471–472energy levels in, 456–457esters, 667–668ethers, 530field strength and, 456–457FT-NMR and, 462–463H chemical shifts in, 473–474homotopic protons and, 471integration of 1H spectra, 475–476ketones, 584–585multiplets in, 478–479n � 1 rule and, 478nitriles, 618overlapping signals in, 482peak assigning in 13C spectra, 464,
467–468peak size in 13C spectra, 465peak size in 1H spectra, 475–476phenols, 531principle of, 455–457proton equivalence and, 470–472radiofrequency energy and, 456–457shielding in, 458signal averaging in, 462–463spin-flips in, 456spin–spin splitting in, 476–480time scale of, 460uses of 13C spectra in, 469–470uses of 1H spectra in, 484
13C Nuclear magnetic resonancespectrum, acetaldehyde, 585
acetophenone, 585benzaldehyde, 585benzoic acid, 618p-bromoacetophenone, 465butan-2-one, 465, 585crotonic acid, 618
cyclohexanol, 530cyclohexanone, 585ethyl benzoate, 492methyl acetate, 458methyl propanoate, 4661-methylcyclohexene, 470N-methylcyclohexylamine, 763pentan-1-ol, 463propanenitrile, 618propanoic acid, 618propionic acid, 618
1H Nuclear magnetic resonancespectrum, acetaldehyde, 584
bromoethane, 4762-bromopropane, 478trans-cinnamaldehyde, 482cyclohexylmethanol, 484ethyl acetate, 667methyl acetate, 458methyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate, 4752-methylbutan-2-ol, 4811-methylcyclohexanol, 484N-methylcyclohexylamine, 763p-methoxypropiophenone, 480phenylacetic acid, 618propan-1-ol, 530toluene, 482
Nuclear spin, common nuclei and, 457
NMR and, 455–457Nuclease, 997Nucleic acid, 979–982
biosynthesis of, 1003–1008catabolism of, 997–1002hydrolysis of, 997see also Deoxyribonucleic acid,
Ribonucleic acidstructure of, 981–982
Nucleophile, 149–150characteristics of, 155curved arrows and, 154–156electrostatic potential maps of, 150examples of, 150SN1 reaction and, 387SN2 reaction and, 376–377
Nucleophilic acyl substitution reaction,552, 637–638
abbreviated mechanism for, 840acid anhydrides, 652–653acid chlorides, 648, 650–651acid halides, 648, 650–651amides, 659–661biological, 648–649carboxylic acids and, 642–645esters, 654–658kinds of, 640–641mechanism of, 637–638reactivity in, 639–640
Nucleophilic carbonyl addition reaction,550–551, 562
acid catalysis of, 565–566base catalysis of, 565electrostatic potential map of, 562kinds of, 563mechanism of, 562steric hindrance in, 563trajectory of, 563–564
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-20
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-21
Nucleophilic substitution reaction, 369biological examples of, 390–391summary of, 401
Nucleophilicity, 377basicity and, 377table of, 376trends in, 377
Nucleosidase, 997Nucleoside, 979–982Nucleoside phosphorylase, 998Nucleotidase, 997Nucleotide, 979–982
biosynthesis of, 1003–1008catabolism of, 997–10023’ end of, 9825’ end of, 982
Nucleus, size of, 3Nylon, 664
naming, 664uses of, 664
Nylon 6, structure of, 664Nylon 66, structure of, 664
Ocimene, structure of, 212Octane number (fuel), 103Octet rule, 7-oic acid, name ending for carboxylic
acids, 602-ol, alcohol name ending, 499Olefin, 179Oleic acid, structure of, 929Oligonucleotide, 992
synthesis of, 992–995Olive oil, composition of, 929-one, ketone name ending, 559-onitrile, nitrile name ending, 604Optical activity, measurement of,
325–326Optical isomers, 328Optically active, 325Orbital, 4
energies of, 5hybridization of, 12–20shapes of, 4–5
d Orbital, shape of, 4p Orbital, lobes of, 5
nodes in, 5shape of, 4–5
s Orbital, shape of, 4Organic chemicals, elements found
in, 3number of, 75size of, 2toxicity of, 26
Organic chemistry, 2foundations of, 2
Organic molecule, polar covalent bondsin, 147–149
Organic reactions, conventions forwriting, 197
kinds of, 142–143stereochemistry and, 342–344
Organic synthesis, enantioselective, 587strategy for, 300–306
Organodiphosphate, Friedel-Craftsreactions and, 290–291
SN1 reactions and, 390–391
Organoborane, from alkenes, 229reaction with H2O2, 229–230
Organohalide(s), biological uses of,402–403
function of, 403naturally occurring, 402–403
Organometallic compound, 367polarity of, 147
Organophosphate, sp3 hybrid orbitals in,20
structure of, 20Ornithine, biosynthesis of, 841
citrulline from, 828–829from arginine, 831reaction with carbamoyl phosphate,
828–829urea cycle and, 828
Ornithine transcarbamoylase, 828Orotate, biosynthesis of, 1003–1006Orotate phosphoribosyltransferase, 1004Orotidine, biosynthesis of, 1003–1005Orotidine monophosphate,
decarboxylation of, 1005Orotidine monophosphate decarboxylase,
1005rate acceleration in, 1005
Ortho (m), 269Ortho- and para-directing group, 293,
295–296Osazone, 888-ose, carbohydrate name ending, 853Oseltamivir, molecular model of, 133Oseltamivir phosphate, mechanism of,
920-oside, glycoside name ending, 868Osmium tetroxide, reaction with alkenes,
238–239Oxalic acid, structure of, 603Oxaloacetate, aspartate from, 828, 838
decarboxylation of, 913from malate, 910from pyruvate, 913, 916phosphoenolpyruvate from, 913reaction with acetyl CoA, 906–907
Oxaloacetic acid, structure of, 603Oxalosuccinate, decarboxylation of, 908
from isocitrate, 908Oxidation, alcohols and, 516–519
aldehydes, 561–562FAD and, 939–949NAD� and, 519organic, 235phenols, 519
Oxidative deamination, 826mechanism of, 826
Oxidative decarboxylation, 901Oxidoreductase, 801Oxidosqualene : lanosterol cyclase, 965Oxirane, 235Oxo group, 559Oxymercuration, 228
mechanism of, 229regiochemistry of, 229
Oxytocin, structure of, 815
Palmitic acid, structure of, 929Palmitoleic acid, structure of, 929
PAM resin, peptide synthesis and, 796Para (m), 269Paraffin, 95Parallel synthesis, 307Parent peak (mass spectrum), 417Partial charge, 36Pasteur, Louis, 327
enantiomers and, 327–328Patchouli alcohol, structure of, 951Pauli exclusion principle, 6Pauling, Linus Carl, 12PCC, see Pyridinium chlorochromatePCR, see Polymerase chain reaction,
995–997PDB, see Protein Data BankPeanut oil, composition of, 929Penicillin, discovery of, 668Penicillin V, specific rotation of, 326
stereochemistry of, 351Penta-1,4-diene, electrostatic potential
map of, 248Pentan-1-ol, 13C NMR spectrum of, 463Pentane, molecular model of, 83Pentane-2,4-dione anion, resonance
forms of, 47–48pKa of, 690
Pentose phosphate pathway, 924, 925PEP, see PhosphoenolpyruvatePepsin, isoelectric point of, 784Peptide, 777
amino acid analysis of, 789backbone of, 787covalent bonding in, 788disulfide bonds in, 788Edman degradation of, 790–792reaction with phenylisothiocyanate,
790–791sequencing of, 790–792solid-phase synthesis of, 794–796synthesis of, 793–796
Peptide bond, 787DCC formation of, 794restricted rotation in, 788
Periplanar geometry, 395E2 reactions and, 395–397
Perlon, structure of, 664Peroxyacid, 235
reaction with alkenes, 235–236Petroleum, catalytic cracking of, 103
composition of, 103gasoline from, 103refining of, 103
Pfu DNA polymerase, 996PGA, see Polyglycolic acid, 665–666PGH synthase, 948Pharmaceuticals, approval procedure for,
171origin of, 171
PHB, see Polyhydroxybutyrate, 665–666Phenol(s), 497
acidity of, 501–503electrophilic aromatic substitution of,
295–296electrostatic potential map of, 294hydrogen bonds in, 501IR spectroscopy of, 529IR spectrum of, 529
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-21
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-22 I N D E X
Phenol(s) (continued)naming, 500NMR spectroscopy of, 531oxidation of, 519phenoxide ions from, 501–503pKa of, 502, 606properties of, 501–503quinones from, 519uses of, 498
Phenoxide ion, 501resonance in, 503
Phenyl group, 269Phenylacetaldehyde, aldol reaction of,
702IR spectrum of, 437
Phenylacetic acid, 1H NMR spectrum of,618
Phenylalanine, molecular model of, 104structure and properties of, 780
Phenylisothiocyanate, Edmandegradation and, 790–791
Phenylthiohydantoin, Edmandegradation and, 790–791
Phosphate, electrostatic potential map of,79
polarity of, 79Phosphatidic acid, structure of, 933Phosphatidylcholine, structure of, 933Phosphatidylethanolamine, structure of,
933Phosphatidylserine, structure of, 933Phosphine(s), chirality of, 345Phosphite, 994
oxidation of, 994Phosphoenolpyruvate (PEP), from
2-phosphoglycerate, 900from oxaloacetate, 9132-phosphoglycerate from, 915pyruvate from, 900
Phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase, 913
Phosphofructokinase, 8962-Phosphoglycerate, from
phosphoenolpyruvate, 915from 3-phosphoglycerate, 899
3-Phosphoglycerate, from 1,3-bisphosphoglycerate, 899
isomerization of, 899Phosphoglycerate kinase, 899Phosphoglycerate mutase, 899Phosphohomoserine, elimination
reaction of, 844Phospholipid, 933–934
abundance of, 934classification of, 933
Phosphopantetheine, structure of, 662,819
Phosphoramidite, 994Phosphorane, 575Phosphoric acid, pKa of, 52Phosphoric acid anhydride, 819Phosphorus, ground-state electron
configuration of, 6Phosphorus oxychloride, alcohol
dehydration with, 513–515Phosphorus tribromide, reaction with
alcohols, 366, 512
Phosphorylation, ATP and, 819–820mechanism of, 820
Photon, 426energy of, 427
Photosynthesis, 852Phthalic acid, structure of, 603Phylloquinone, biosynthesis of, 291Physiological pH, 608Pi (�) bond, 15
acetylene and, 17–18ethylene and, 14–16molecular orbitals in, 22
Picometer, 3Pinacol rearrangement, 542Pineapple, esters in, 653Piperidine, molecular model of, 753PITC, see Phenylisothiocyanate, 790–791pKa, 52
table of, 52PLA, see Polylactic acid, 665–666Plane of symmetry, 321–322
meso compounds and, 336Plane-polarized light, 325Plasmalogen, structure of, 972Plasticizer, 653–654Plexiglas, 263Plocamium cartilagineum, alkyl halides
in, 225PLP, see Pyridoxal phosphatePMP, see Pyridoxamine phosphatePoison ivy, urushiols in, 498Polar aprotic solvent, 379
SN1 reaction and, 388SN2 reaction and, 379
Polar covalent bond, 36dipole moments and, 38–39electronegativity and, 36–37electrostatic potential maps and, 37
Polar reaction, 144characteristics of, 147–150curved arrows in, 149, 154–156electrophiles in, 149–150example of, 151–154nucleophiles in, 149–150
Polarimeter, 325Polarizability, 149Poly(vinyl pyrrolidone), 263Polyamide, 664Polycyclic aromatic compound,
278–280Polycyclic compound(s), 131
conformations of, 131–132Polyester, 664
uses of, 665Polyethylene, synthesis of, 240–241Polyglycolic acid, 665–666Polyhydroxybutyrate, 665–666Polylactic acid, 665–666Polymer, 239
biodegradable, 665–666biological, 239–240chain-growth, 240–242, 664step-growth, 664
Polymerase chain reaction (PCR),995–997
amplification factor in, 997taq DNA polymerase in, 996
Polymerization, mechanism of, 240–241radical, 240–242
Polysaccharide(s), 852, 876–878synthesis of, 878
Polyunsaturated fatty acid, 928Porphobilinogen, biosynthesis of, 772Potassium nitrosodisulfonate, reaction
with phenols, 519Preeclampsia, Viagra and, 171Prelaureatin, biosynthesis of, 264Priestley, Joseph, 253Primary alcohol, 499Primary amine, 736Primary carbon, 88Primary hydrogen, 88Primary protein structure, 797Priming reaction, fatty acid biosynthesis
and, 943–944pro-R prochirality center, 347pro-S prochirality center, 347Problems, how to work, 27Procaine, structure of, 32Prochirality, 346–348
assignment of, 346–348biological reactions and, 348Re descriptor for, 346Si descriptor for, 347structure and function of, 962–963
Prochirality center, 347pro-R, 347pro-S, 347
Progestin, 962–963function of, 962
Proline, biosynthesis of, 750, 840–841catabolism of, 848from glutamate, 841structure and properties of, 780
Promotor site (DNA), 987Propagation step (radical), 145Propan-1-ol, 1H NMR spectrum of, 530Propane, bond rotation in, 98
molecular model of, 98conformations of, 98mass spectrum of, 417molecular model of, 83
Propanenitrile, 13C NMR absorptions in,618
Propanoic acid, 13C NMR absorptions in,618
Propionic acid, 13C NMR absorptions in,618
Propionyl CoA, catabolism of, 942Propyl group, 87Propylene, heat of hydrogenation of, 194Prostaglandin(s), 948
biological activity of, 2, 948biosynthesis of, 1–2, 243–244structure of, 1, 117, 948–949functions of, 948naming of, 948–949number of, 948
Prostaglandin H2, biosynthesis of, 1–2,146
structure of, 1Protein(s), 777
� helix in, 798backbone of, 787
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-22
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-23
biosynthesis of, 987–989classification of, 797denaturing, 799electrophoresis of, 784fibrous, 797globular, 797hydrolysis of, 660, 789isoelectric point of, 784number of in humans, 817primary structure of, 797purification of, 784quaternary structure of, 797secondary structure of, 797see also Peptidetertiary structure of, 797X-ray crystallography of, 721
Protein Data Bank, 807uses of, 807visualizing enzyme structures and,
844–845X-ray crystallographic structures in,
721Protic solvent, SN1 reaction and, 388
SN2 reaction and, 379Proton equivalence, 1H NMR
spectroscopy and, 470–472Protonated methanol, electrostatic
potential map of, 148Protosteryl cation, steroid biosynthesis
and, 968Prozac, structure of, 350PRPP synthetase, 1005Pseudoephedrine, molecular model of,
354PTH, see Phenylthiohydantoin, 790–791PUFA, see Polyunsaturated fatty acid,
928Purification, organic compounds,
444–445Purine, aromaticity of, 279
basicity of, 761biosynthesis of, 1006–1008catabolism of, 997–1000electrostatic potential map of, 761
Purine nucleoside phosphorylase, 998Pyramidal inversion, amines and, 739
energy barrier to, 739Pyran, structure of, 863Pyranose, 862Pyridine, aromaticity of, 276–277
basicity of, 742, 758bond lengths in, 758dipole moment of, 759electrophilic substitution reactions of,
758electrostatic potential map of, 276Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 276–277
Pyridinium chlorochromate, reactionwith alcohols, 517–518
Pyridoxal phosphate, 803deamination and, 823–825from PMP, 825–826imine formation from, 568, 824
Pyridoxamine phosphate, structure of,825
transamination of, 825–826Pyridoxine, structure of, 822
Pyrimidine, aromaticity of, 276–277basicity of, 742, 759biosynthesis of, 1003–1006catabolism of, 1000–1002electrostatic potential map of, 276Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 276–277
Pyrrole, aromaticity of, 276–277, 756basicity of, 742, 756electrophilic substitution reactions of,
756–757electrostatic potential map of, 276, 756Hückel 4n � 2 rule and, 276–277industrial synthesis of, 755
Pyrrolidine, electrostatic potential mapof, 756
Pyrrolysine, structure of, 779Pyruvate, acetyl CoA from, 901–905
alanine from, 838carboxylation of, 913, 916catabolism of, 901–905decarboxylation of, 901–903ethanol from, 923from alanine, 833from phosphoenolpyruvate, 900from serine, 833–834oxaloacetate from, 913, 916reaction with thiamine diphosphate,
901–903Pyruvate carboxylase, 913Pyruvate dehydrogenase complex, 901Pyruvate kinase, 900Pyruvic acid, structure of, 603
Quantum mechanical model, 4–5Quartet (NMR), 476Quaternary ammonium salt, 736
Hofmann elimination of, 751–752Quaternary carbon, 88Quaternary protein structure, 797Quinine, structure of, 280, 760Quinoline, aromaticity of, 279
electrophilic substitution reaction of, 760Quinone, 519
from phenols, 519hydroquinones from, 519–520reduction of, 519–520
R configuration, 329assignment of, 328–330
R group, 88Racemate, 338Racemic mixture, 338Radical, 144
addition reactions of, 144biological addition reactions of,
243–244reaction with alkenes, 240–242reactivity of, 144–146substitution reactions of, 144–145
Radical polymerization, 240–242Radical reaction, 144–146
biological, 146characteristics of, 144–146fishhook arrows and, 143–144initiation steps in, 145propagation steps in, 145termination steps in, 145
Radio waves, electromagnetic spectrumand, 425
Radiofrequency energy, NMRspectroscopy and, 456–457
Rate equation, 372Rate-determining step, 381Rate-limiting step, 381Rayon, 876Re prochirality, 346Reaction (polar), 144, 147–150Reaction (radical), 144–146Reaction coordinate, 163Reaction energy diagram, 163–164
biological reactions and, 167electrophilic addition reactions and,
164–167endergonic reactions and, 165exergonic reactions and, 165intermediates and, 166–167
Reaction intermediate, 166Reaction mechanism, 143Reaction rate, activation energy and,
164–165Rearrangement reaction, 142Reducing sugar, 870Reduction, aldehydes, 506–507, 568
alkenes, 232–234alkynes, 251amides, 660–661aromatic compounds and,
299–300carboxylic acids, 507–508esters, 507–508, 657–658ketones, 506–507, 568lactams, 661nitriles, 616organic, 232quinones, 519–520
Reductive amination, 748–750biological, 750mechanism of, 749
Refining (petroleum), 103Regiospecific, 198Replication (DNA), 985–986Replication fork (DNA), 986Reserpine, structure of, 65Residue (protein), 787Resolution (enantiomers), 338–340Resonance, acetate ion and, 43–44
acetyl CoA anion and, 46acyl cations and, 290allylic carbocations and, 249arylamines and, 744benzene and, 271, 44benzylic carbocation and, 385benzylic radical and, 299carboxylate ions and, 607enolate ions and, 688naphthalene and, 278p-nitrophenoxide ion and, 503pentane-2,4-dione anion and,
47–48phenoxide ion and, 503see also Resonance form,
Resonance effect, 294–295electrophilic aromatic substitution
and, 294–295
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-23
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-24 I N D E X
Resonance form, 44drawing, 47–49electron movement and, 45rules for, 45–46stability of, 46three-atom groupings in, 47–49
Resonance hybrid, 44Restriction endonuclease, 991Retinal, vision and, 443–444Rhodopsin, isomerization of,
443–444vision and, 443–444
Ribavirin, structure of, 313Ribonucleic acid, 979–982
bases in, 980biosynthesis of, 986–987catabolism of, 997–10023’ end of, 9825’ end of, 982kinds of, 986messenger, 986ribosomal, 986size of, 980structure of, 981–982transfer, 986translation of, 987–989
Ribonucleotide, biosynthesis of,1003–1008
catabolism of, 997–1002structures of, 981
Ribose, configuration of, 860Ribosomal RNA, 986
function of, 987–989Ricinoleic acid, structure of, 929Ring-flip (cyclohexane), 125
energy barrier to, 125molecular model of, 125
Risk, chemicals and, 26RNA, see Ribonucleic acidRod cells, vision and, 443rRNA, see Ribosomal RNARubber, history of, 253–254
vulcanization of, 254
S configuration, 329assignment of, 328–330
Saccharin, structure of, 881sweetness of, 880
Saccharopine, from lysine, 849SAH, see S-AdenosylhomocysteineSalt bridge (protein), 799SAM, see S-AdenosylmethionineSanger, Frederick, 991Sanger dideoxy DNA sequencing,
991–992Saponification, 654 931
mechanism of, 654–655Saturated, 82Sawhorse representation, 97Schiff base, 897
see also ImineScurvy, vitamin C and, 619sec-Butyl group, 87Second-order reaction, 372Secondary alcohol, 499Secondary amine, 736Secondary carbon, 88
Secondary hydrogen, 88Secondary protein structure, 797
� helix in, 798� sheet in, 798
Selenocysteine, structure of, 779Semiconservative replication (DNA),
985Sense strand (DNA), 987Sequence rules, 188–190, 328
alkenes and, 188–190enantiomers and, 328–330
Serine, catabolism of, 833–834, 847pyruvate from, 833–834structure and properties of, 781
Serine dehydratase, 833Serum lipoprotein, table of, 970Sesquiterpene, 209Sesquiterpenoid, 951Sex hormone, 962–963Sharpless, K. Barry, 587Sharpless epoxidation, 587Shell (electron), 4
capacity of, 5Shielding (NMR), 458Si prochirality, 347Sialic acid, 873Side chain (amino acid), 779Sigma (�) bond, 10
cylindrical symmetry of, 10Signal averaging, FT-NMR spectroscopy
and, 462–463Sildenafil, structure of, 755
see also ViagraSilver oxide, Hofmann elimination
reaction and, 752Simple sugar, 852Simvastatin, structure and function of,
1010Single bond, electronic structure of,
13–14length of, 13–14see also Alkanestrength of, 13–14
Skeletal structure, 23rules for drawing, 23–24
Skunk scent, cause of, 520sn-, naming prefixSN1 reaction, 381
allylic halides in, 385–386benzylic halides in, 385–386biological, 390–391carbocation stability and, 385–386characteristics of, 385–389energy diagram for, 383ion pairs in, 384kinetics of, 381–382leaving groups in, 386–387mechanism of, 382, 387nucleophiles and, 387racemization in, 382–384rate law for, 381rate-limiting step in, 381–382solvent effects on, 388stereochemistry of, 382–384substrate structure and, 385–386summary of, 388–389epoxide cleavage and, 526
SN2 reaction, 372allylic halides in, 386amines and, 747–748benzylic halides in, 386biological, 390–391characteristics of, 374–380electrostatic potential maps of, 373inversion of configuration in, 372–373kinetics of, 371–372leaving groups and, 377–378mechanism of, 372–373nucleophiles in, 376–377rate law for, 372solvent effects and, 379stereochemistry of, 372–373steric hindrance in, 374–375substrate structure and, 374–376summary of, 380table of, 376Williamson ether synthesis and, 524epoxide cleavage and, 526
Soap, 931–932history of, 931manufacture of, 931mechanism of action of, 932micelles in, 932
Sodium amide, reaction with alcohols,503
Sodium bisulfite, osmate reduction with,238–239
Sodium borohydride, reaction withaldehydes, 506, 568
reaction with ketones, 506, 568reaction with organomercury
compounds, 229reductive amination with, 749
Sodium chloride, dipole moment of, 39Sodium cyclamate, LD50 of, 26Sodium hydride, reaction with alcohols,
503Solid-phase synthesis, DNA, 992–995
peptides, 794–796see also, Merrifield, 794–796
Solvation, 379carbocations and, 388SN2 reaction and, 379
Solvent, polar aprotic, 379SN1 reaction and, 388SN2 reaction and, 379
Soot, carcinogenic compounds in, 238Sorbitol, structure of, 869Specific rotation, 326
table of, 326Sphingomyelin, 933–934Sphingosine, structure of, 934Spin-flip, NMR spectroscopy and, 456Spin–spin splitting, 477
alcohols and, 530bromoethane and, 476–4782-bromopropane and, 478n � 1 rule and, 47813C NMR spectroscopy and, 4801H NMR spectroscopy and, 476–480nonequivalent protons and, 478–479origin of, 477–478rules for, 479tree diagrams and, 483
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-24
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-25
Split synthesis, 307Squalene, biological epoxidation of,
236–237, 964–965from farnesyl diphosphate, 964steroid biosynthesis and, 964–969
Squalene epoxidase, 964Staggered conformation, 97
molecular model of, 97Standard state, biological, 159
thermodynamic, 159Starch, digestion of, 877
glucose from, 892–893hydrolysis of, 892–893maltotriose from, 892structure of, 876–877
Statins, mechanism of, 1010Stationary phase, chromatography and,
444Stearic acid, molecular model of, 929
structure of, 929Step-growth polymer, 664Stereochemistry, 96
absolute configuration and, 330alkene addition reactions and, 342–344cis–trans isomers and, 115–116,
186–187cycloalkenes and, 188–190diastereomers and, 334E1 reaction and, 399E2 reactions and, 397enantiomers and, 320–322epimers and, 334R,S configuration and, 328–330SN1 reaction and, 382–384SN2 reactions and, 372–373
Stereogenic center, 322Stereoisomers, 116
cis–trans isomers and, 115–116,186–187
diastereomers and, 334enantiomers and, 320–322epimers and, 334kinds of, 341properties of, 336
Stereospecific numbering (sn-), 937Steric hindrance, SN2 reaction and,
374–375Steric strain, 99
cis alkenes and, 192substituted cyclohexanes and, 126–128
Steroid(s), 959–969adrenocortical, 963anabolic, 963biosynthesis of, 964–969classification of, 962conformations of, 132, 960–961hormones and, 962–963molecular model of, 960numbering of, 960shape of, 960synthetic, 963
Stork enamine reaction,717mechanism of, 717
STR loci, DNA fingerprinting and,1010–1011
Straight-chain alkane, 83Strecker synthesis, 775
Structure, condensed, 22electron-dot, 8Kekulé, 8Lewis, 8line-bond, 8skeletal, 23
Strychnine, LD50 of, 26Substituent effect, additivity of,
301–302electrophilic aromatic substitution and,
292–297summary of, 297
Substitution reaction, 142Substrate (enzyme), 800Succinate, dehydrogenation of, 909
from succinyl CoA, 908–909fumarate from,909
Succinate dehydrogenase, 909Succinic acid, structure of, 603Succinyl CoA, from �-ketoglutarate,
908succinate from, 908–909
Succinyl CoA synthetase, 908Sucralose, structure of, 881
sweetness of, 880Sucrose, molecular model of, 876
specific rotation of, 326structure of, 876sweetness of, 880
Sugar, D, 858L, 858simple, 852see also Aldose, Carbohydrate,
MonosaccharideSulfa drugs, 754
synthesis of, 285Sulfanilamide, structure of, 285
synthesis of, 754Sulfathiazole, structure of, 754Sulfide(s), 497
electrostatic potential map of, 80from thiols, 527naming, 523occurrence of, 498oxidation of, 528polarity of, 80reaction with alkyl halides, 527sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 20structure of, 20sulfoxides from, 528
Sulfonamides, synthesis of, 285Sulfonation (aromatic), 285–286Sulfone(s), 528
from sulfoxides, 528Sulfonium salt(s), 346
chirality of, 346Sulfoxide(s), 528
from sulfides, 528oxidation of, 528
Sutures, absorbable, 666Sweeteners, synthetic, 880–881Symmetry plane, 321–322Syn periplanar geometry, 395–396
molecular model of, 396Syn stereochemistry, 229Synthesis, trisubstituted aromatic
compounds, 300–306
Table sugar, see SucroseTalose, configuration of, 860Tamiflu, avian flu virus and, 920
mechanism of, 920molecular model of, 133
Tamoxifen, synthesis of, 595Taq DNA polymerase, PCR and, 996Tartaric acid, stereoisomers of, 335–336meso-Tartaric acid, molecular model of,
336Tautomer, 682Tautomerism, 682Template strand (DNA), 987Termination step (radical), 145Terpene, 209, 950
biosynthesis of, 209–210Terpene cyclase, 957Terpenoid, 209, 950–958
biosynthesis of, 951–958classification of, 951occurrence of, 951
�-Terpineol, biosynthesis of, 959tert-Amyl group, 93tert-Butyl group, 87Tertiary alcohol, 499Tertiary amine, 736Tertiary carbon, 88Tertiary hydrogen, 88Tertiary protein structure, 797
hydrophilic interactions in, 799hydrophobic interactions in, 799noncovalent interactions in, 799salt bridges in, 799
Testosterone, conformation of, 132molecular model of, 132structure and function of, 962
Tetrahedral geometry, conventions fordrawing, 7
Tetrahydrofolate, histidine catabolismand, 836–837
structure and function of, 803, 837Tetrahydrofuran, as reaction solvent, 223Tetramethylsilane, NMR spectroscopy
and, 461Tetraterpenoid, 951Tetrazole, DNA synthesis and, 994Thermodynamic quantities, 160Thermodynamic standard state, 159Thiamin, aromaticity of, 278
basicity of, 757Thiamin diphosphate, decarboxylations
with, 901–903pKa of, 903reaction with pyruvate, 901–903structure and function of, 803, 903ylide from, 903
Thiazole, basicity of, 757Thiazolium ring, aromaticity of, 278
pKa of, 901Thioacetal, synthesis of, 594Thioanisole, electrostatic potential map
of, 623-thioate, thioester name ending, 635Thioester(s), 633
biological hydrolysis of, 678biological reactivity of, 662biological reduction of, 663
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-25
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
I-26 I N D E X
Thioester(s) (continued)electrostatic potential map of, 639naming, 635pKa of, 690polarity of, 80
Thiol(s), 497acidity of, 502disulfides from, 521electrostatic potential map of, 80from alkyl halides, 521naming, 500occurrence of, 498odor of, 520oxidation of, 521polarity of, 80polarizability of, 149reaction with alkyl halides, 527reaction with Br2, 521reaction with NaH, 527sp3 hybrid orbitals in, 20structure of, 20sulfides from, 527thiolate ions from, 527
-thiol, thiol name ending, 500Thionyl chloride, reaction with alcohols,
366, 512reaction with amides, 615reaction with carboxylic acids,
642–643Thiophene, aromaticity of, 277Thiophenol, 497Thiourea, reaction with alkyl halides, 521Threonine, biosynthesis of, 842–844
catabolism of, 847from aspartate, 842–844from homoserine, 843–844stereoisomers of, 333structure and properties of, 781
Threonine synthase, 843Threose, configuration of, 860
molecular model of, 325Thromboxane, naming of, 948–949Thymidine, catabolism of, 1002Thymine, electrostatic potential map of,
983structure of, 980
Thyroxine, biosynthesis of, 284structure of, 779
Time-of-flight (TOF) mass spectrometry,424–425
sensitivity of, 424Tin, reaction with nitroarenes, 747TMS, see Tetramethylsilane, 461Tollens’ test, 870Toluene, electrostatic potential map of,
311IR spectrum of, 4351H NMR spectrum of, 482
Torsional strain, 97Tosylate, 369Toxicity, chemicals and, 26TPP, see, Thiamin diphosphateTrans fatty acid, formation of, 234
from hydrogenation of fats, 930Transamination, 822
PMP and, 825–826
Transcription (DNA), 986–987Transfer RNA, 986
anticodons in, 988–989function of, 988–989shape of, 989
Transferase, 801Transimination, 824
amino acids and, 824mechanism of, 824
Transition state, 164Hammond postulate and, 204–206
Translation (RNA), 988–989Tree diagram (NMR), 483Triacylglycerol, 928
catabolism of, 934–942Trialkylsulfonium salt, alkylations with,
528from sulfides, 527–528
1,2,4-Triazole, aromaticity of, 313Tricarboxylic acid cycle, see Citric acid
cycleTrichodiene, biosynthesis of, 978Trifluoroacetic acid, ether cleavage with,
526pKa of, 606
Trifluoromethylbenzene, electrostaticpotential map of, 311
Triglyceride, see Triacylglycerol, 928Trimethylamine, bond angles in, 739
electrostatic potential map of, 740molecular model of, 739
Trimetozine, synthesis of, 651Triose phosphate isomerase, 898Triphenylphosphine, reaction with alkyl
halides, 575–576Triple bond, electronic structure of,
17–18length of, 18see also Alkynestrength of, 18
Triplet (NMR), 476Trisubstituted aromatic compound,
synthesis of, 300–306Triterpenoid, 951tRNA, see Transfer RNATrypsin, peptide cleavage with, 792Tryptophan, structure and properties of,
781Tswett, Mikhail, 444Turnover number, enzyme, 800Twist-boat conformation, cyclohexane, 123
molecular model of, 123Tyrosine, biological iodination of, 284
biosynthesis of, 514catabolism of, 848structure and properties of, 781
Ubiquinones, function of, 520structure of, 520
Ultraviolet light, electromagneticspectrum and, 425
wavelength of, 438–439Ultraviolet spectroscopy, 438–440
absorbance and, 440conjugation and, 441HOMO–LUMO transition in, 439
interpretation of, 441molar absorptivity and, 440
Ultraviolet spectrum, benzene, 441�-carotene, 442but-3-en-2-one, 441buta-1,3-diene, 440cyclohexa-1,3-diene, 441ergosterol, 451hexa-1,3,5-triene, 441
Unimolecular, 381Unsaturated, 180Unsaturated aldehyde, conjugate addition
reactions of, 580–583Unsaturated ketone, conjugate addition
reactions of, 580–583Unsaturation, degree of, 180Upfield (NMR), 460Uracil, biological reduction of, 1001
catabolism of, 1001–1002structure of, 980
Urea, from ammonia, 827–831Urea cycle, 828–831
steps in, 829Uric acid, from xanthine, 999
pKa of, 625structure of, 625, 827
Uridine, biosynthesis of, 1003–1006catabolism of, 1000–1002from orotidine, 1005phosphorolysis of, 1000–1001
Uridine phosphorylase, 1001Uridine triphosphate, glycoconjugate
biosynthesis and, 868–869Urocanase, active site of, 845
histidine catabolism and, 835ribbon model of, 844
trans-Urocanate, from histidine, 835–836hydration of, 836–837imidazolone 5-propionate from,
836–837Uronic acid, 871
from aldoses, 871Urushiols, structure of, 498UV, see Ultraviolet
Valence bond theory, 10–20orbital hybridization and, 12–20
Valence shell, 7Valine, structure and properties of, 781Valium, see DiazepamVan der Waals forces, 62
alkanes and, 96Vancomycin, structure of, 403
uses of, 403van’t Hoff, Jacobus Hendricus, 7Vasopressin, structure of, 788Vegetable oil, 928
hydrogenation of, 233–234, 930table of, 929
Vent DNA polymerase, 996Viagra, structure of, 755
preeclampsia and, 171Vinyl group, 184Vinyl monomer, 241Vinylic anion, electrostatic potential map
of, 253
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-26
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
INDEX I-27
Vinylic halide, SN2 reaction and,375–376
Vioxx, prostaglandin synthesis and, 2Visible light, electromagnetic spectrum
and, 425Vision, chemistry of, 443–444
retinal and, 443–444Vitamin, 802
chromatography of, 445coenzymes from, 802
Vitamin B6, structure of, 822Vitamin B12, structure of, 1009Vitamin C, history of, 618
industrial synthesis of, 619molecular model of, 619scurvy and, 619uses of, 618
Vitamin K1, biosynthesis of, 291VLDL, heart disease and, 970Volcano, chloromethane from, 363Vulcanization, 254
Walden, Paul, 368Walden inversion, 368–370Wang resin, peptide synthesis and, 796Water, acid–base behavior of, 50–51
conjugate addition reactions to enones,582
dipole moment of, 39
electrophilicity of, 150electrostatic potential map of, 54, 150hydrogen bond in, 63nucleophilic addition reactions of,
564–566nucleophilicity of, 150pKa of, 52reaction with aldehydes, 564–566reaction with enones, 582reaction with ketones, 564–566
Watson, James Dewey, 982Watson–Crick DNA model, 982–984Wave equation, 4Wave function, 4
molecular orbitals and, 21–22Wavelength (), 426Wavenumber, 428Wax, 928Whale blubber, composition of, 929Williamson ether synthesis, 524
Ag2O in, 524carbohydrates and, 866mechanism of, 524
Wittig reaction, 575–577mechanism of, 575–576uses of, 577ylides in 575–576
Wohl degradation, 887Wood alcohol, 497
X rays, electromagnetic spectrum and, 425X-ray crystallography, 720–721X-ray diffractometer, 721Xanthine, biological oxidation of, 999
from guanine, 998–999Xanthine oxidase, 999Xanthosine, biosynthesis of, 1007–1008Xylose, configuration of, 860
Yeast alcohol dehydrogenase,stereochemistry of, 348
-yl, alkyl group name ending, 86Ylide, 575
synthesis of, 575–576-yne, alkyne name ending, 184
Z configuration, 188assignment of, 188–190
Zaitsev, Alexander M., 392Zaitsev’s rule, 392
alcohol dehydration and, 513Hofmann elimination and, 752NMR proof for, 470
Zocor, structure and function of, 1010Zusammen, Z configuration and, 188Zwitterion, 778
amino acids and, 778Zwitterion, electrostatic potential map of,
778
01525_29_Index_I-01_I-27 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page I-27
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
1 HH
ydro
gen
1.00
79
3 Li
Lith
ium
6.94
1
4 Be
Ber
ylliu
m
9.01
22
79 Au
Gol
d
196.
9665
1A (1)
2A (2)
3B (3)
3A (13)
4A (14)
5A (15)
6A (16)
7A (17)
8A (18)
4B (4)
5B (5)
6B (6)
7B (7)
8B (8)
8B (9)
8B (10)
1B (11)
2B (12)
11 Na
Sod
ium
22.9
898
12 Mg
Mag
nesi
um
24.3
050
19 KPo
tass
ium
39.0
983
20 Ca
Cal
cium
40.0
78
21 Sc
Sca
ndiu
m
44.9
559
22 Ti
Tita
nium
47.8
8
23 VV
anad
ium
50.9
415
24 Cr
Chr
omiu
m
51.9
961
25 Mn
Man
gane
se
54.9
380
26 Fe
Iron
55.8
47
2 He
Hel
ium
4.00
26
7 NN
itrog
en
14.0
067
8 OO
xyge
n
15.9
994
15 PPh
osph
orus
30.9
738
16 SS
ulfu
r
32.0
66
29 Cu
Cop
per
63.5
46
30 Zn
Zinc
65.3
9
31 Ga
Gal
lium
69.7
23
32 Ge
Ger
man
ium
72.6
1
33 As
Ars
enic
74.9
216
34 Se
Sel
eniu
m
78.9
6
35 Br
Bro
min
e
79.9
04
36 Kr
Kyr
pton
83.8
0
9 FFl
uorin
e
18.9
984
10 Ne
Neo
n
20.1
797
17 Cl
Chl
orin
e
35.4
527
18 Ar
Arg
on
39.9
48
27 Co
Cob
alt
58.9
332
28 Ni
Nic
kel
58.6
93
5 BB
oron
10.8
11
6 CC
arbo
n
12.0
11
13 Al
Alu
min
um
26.9
815
14 Si
Sili
con
28.0
855
37 Rb
Rub
idiu
m
85.4
678
38 Sr
Str
ontiu
m
87.6
2
39 YY
ttriu
m
88.9
059
40 Zr
Zirc
oniu
m
91.2
24
41 Nb
Nio
bium
92.9
064
42 Mo
Mol
ybde
num
95.9
4
43 Tc
Tech
netiu
m
(98)
44 Ru
Rut
heni
um
101.
07
47 Ag
Silv
er
107.
8682
48 Cd
Cad
miu
m
112.
411
49 InIn
dium
114.
82
50 Sn
Tin
118.
710
51 Sb
Ant
imon
y
121.
757
52 Te
Tellu
rium
127.
60
53 IIo
dine
126.
9045
54 Xe
Xen
on
131.
29
45 Rh
Rho
dium
102.
9055
46 Pd
Palla
dium
106.
42
55 Cs
Ces
ium
132.
9054
56 Ba
Bar
ium
137.
327
57 La
Lant
hanu
m
138.
9055
72 Hf
Haf
nium
178.
49
104
Rf
Rut
herf
ordi
um
(261
)
73 Ta
Tant
alum
180.
9479
74 WTu
ngst
en
183.
85
75 Re
Rhe
nium
186.
207
76 Os
Osm
ium
190.
2
79 Au
Gol
d
196.
9665
80 Hg
Mer
cury
200.
59
81 Tl
Thal
lium
204.
3833
82 Pb
Lead
207.
2
83 Bi
Bis
mut
h
208.
9804
84 Po
Polo
nium
(209
)
85 At
Ast
atin
e
(210
)
86 Rn
Rad
on
(222
)
77 IrIri
dium
192.
22
109
Mt
Mei
tner
ium
(266
)
78 Pt
Plat
inum
195.
08
87 Fr
Fran
cium
(223
)
88 Ra
Rad
ium
227.
0278
89 Ac
Act
iniu
m
(227
)
58 Ce
Cer
ium
140.
115
105
Db
Dub
nium
(262
)
59 Pr
Pras
eody
miu
m
140.
9076
106
Sg
Sea
borg
ium
(263
)
60 Nd
Neo
dym
ium
144.
24
107
Bh
Boh
rium
(262
)
61 Pm
Prom
ethi
um
(145
)
108
Hs
Has
sium
(265
)
64 Gd
Gad
oliu
m
157.
25
111
Rg
Roe
ntge
nium
(272
)
65 Tb
Terb
ium
158.
9253
66 Dy
Dys
pros
ium
162.
50
67 Ho
Hol
miu
m
164.
9303
68 Er
Erbi
um
167.
26
69 Tm
Thul
ium
168.
9342
70 Yb
Ytte
rbiu
m
173.
04
71 Lu
Lute
tium
174.
967
62 Sm
Sam
ariu
m
150.
36
63 Eu
Euro
pium
151.
965
110
Ds
Dar
mst
adtiu
m
(269
)
90 Th
Thor
ium
232.
0381
91 Pa
Prot
actin
ium
231.
0359
92 UU
rani
um
238.
0028
9
93 Np
Nep
tuni
um
(237
)
96 Cm
Cur
ium
(247
)
97 Bk
Ber
keliu
m
(247
)
98 Cf
Cal
iforn
ium
(251
)
99 Es
Eins
tein
ium
(252
)
100
Fm
Ferm
ium
(257
)
101
Md
Men
dele
vium
(258
)
102
No
Nob
eliu
m
(259
)
103
Lr
Law
renc
ium
(260
)
94 Pu
Plut
oniu
m
(244
)
95 Am
Am
eric
ium
(243
)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 7
6 771 2 3 4 5 6
Lant
hani
des
Act
inid
es
Met
als
Ato
mic
nu
mb
erS
ymb
ol
Nam
eA
tom
ic m
ass
An
ele
men
t
Nu
mb
ers
in p
aren
thes
esar
e m
ass
nu
mb
ers
of
rad
ioac
tive
iso
top
es.
Gro
up
nu
mb
er,
U.S
. sys
tem
IUP
AC
sys
tem
Per
iod
n
um
ber
Key
Sem
imet
als
No
nm
etal
s
Perio
dic
Tabl
e of
the
Elem
ents
01525_30_EP6-EP7 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page EP6
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.
Licensed to:
Structures of Some Common Functional Groups
Name Structure Name ending
Alkene(double bond)
Alkyne(triple bond)
Arene(aromatic ring)
Halide
Alcohol
Ether
Monophosphate
Amine
Imine(Schiff base)
Nitrile
Thiol
-ene
-yne
None
None
-ol
ether
phosphate
-amine
None
-nitrile
-thiol
XCmCX
(X � F, Cl, Br, I)
XCmN
CSH
C C
N
C
CN
CO O–P
O
O–
CO
C
COH
CX
CC
Name Structure Name ending
Sulfide
Disulfide
Sulfoxide
Aldehyde
Ketone
Carboxylic acid
Ester
Thioester
Amide
Acid chloride
sulfide
disulfide
sulfoxide
-al
-one
-oic acid
-oate
-thioate
-amide
-oyl chloride
C Cl
O
C
C
O
CN
C S
O
C C
C O
O
C C
C OH
O
C
C C
O
C
H
O
C
CS+
O–
C
CS C
S
CS
C
01525_30_EP6-EP7 2/2/06 6:04 PM Page EP7
Copyright 2007 Thomson Learning, Inc. All Rights Reserved. May not be copied, scanned, or duplicated, in whole or in part.